Attached files

file filename
EX-4.10 - EX-4.10 - Glori Energy Inc.h84810a4exv4w10.htm
EX-3.6 - EX-3.6 - Glori Energy Inc.h84810a4exv3w6.htm
EX-3.2 - EX-3.2 - Glori Energy Inc.h84810a4exv3w2.htm
EX-23.1 - EX-23.1 - Glori Energy Inc.h84810a4exv23w1.htm
EX-99.2 - EX-99.2 - Glori Energy Inc.h84810a4exv99w2.htm
EX-23.3 - EX-23.3 - Glori Energy Inc.h84810a4exv23w3.htm
EX-10.15 - EX-10.15 - Glori Energy Inc.h84810a4exv10w15.htm
EX-10.16 - EX-10.16 - Glori Energy Inc.h84810a4exv10w16.htm
EX-10.14 - EX-10.14 - Glori Energy Inc.h84810a4exv10w14.htm
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 2, 2012
Registration No. 333-177172
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Amendment No. 4
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
Glori Energy Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
 
         
Delaware   1389   02-0759864
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
4315 South Drive
Houston, Texas 77053
Telephone: (713) 237-8880
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
Stuart M. Page
President and
Chief Executive Officer
Glori Energy Inc.
4315 South Drive
Houston, Texas 77053
Telephone: (713) 237-8880
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
 
     
Brian P. Fenske
Charles D. Powell
Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
Fulbright Tower
1301 McKinney, Suite 5100
Houston, Texas 77010
(713) 651-5557
  Kris F. Heinzelman
Joseph D. Zavaglia
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10019
(212) 474-1000
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
 
 
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (check one):
Large accelerated filer o, Accelerated filer o, Non-accelerated filer þ, Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 2, 2012
 
           Shares
 
(GLORI ENERGY INC. LOGO)
 
Glori Energy Inc.
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
We are selling           shares of our common stock.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $      and $      per share. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “GLRI”.
 
The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of           additional shares to cover over-allotment of shares.
 
We are an emerging growth company under the federal securities laws and are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements.
 
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11.
 
                         
        Underwriting
   
    Price to
  Discounts and
  Proceeds to
    Public   Commissions   the Company
 
Per Share
  $                      $                      $                   
Total
  $       $       $  
 
Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about          , 2012.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
Credit Suisse
UBS Investment Bank
Piper Jaffray
 
Baird Raymond James
 
The date of this prospectus is          , 2012.


Table of Contents

 
(GRAPHIC)


Table of Contents

 
(GRAPHIC)


Table of Contents

 
(GRAPHIC)


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    1  
    11  
    29  
    30  
    31  
    31  
    32  
    34  
    36  
    37  
    49  
    65  
    72  
    87  
    91  
    95  
    99  
    103  
    105  
    109  
    110  
    110  
    110  
    110  
    F-1  
 EX-3.2
 EX-3.6
 EX-4.10
 EX-10.14
 EX-10.15
 EX-10.16
 EX-23.1
 EX-23.3
 EX-99.2
 
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. You should not assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover of this prospectus or such other dates as are stated in this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects may have changed since any such date.
 
 
Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation
 
Until          , 2012 (25 days after the commencement of the offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. For convenience in this prospectus, “Glori Energy”, the “Company”, “we”, “us” and “our” refer to Glori Energy Inc. and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, unless otherwise noted.
 
Our Company
 
We are a clean-technology energy company that uses biotechnology designed to release potentially large quantities of oil that remain trapped in oil reservoirs after implementation of conventional oilfield technologies. We deploy our technology to increase oil recovery for oil company customers and for our own oil fields that we acquire and redevelop.
 
Only about one-third of the oil discovered in a typical reservoir is recoverable using conventional oil production technology, leaving the remaining two-thirds trapped in the reservoir rock. Our AEROtm System (Activated Environment for the Recovery of Oil) technology stimulates the native microorganisms that reside in the reservoir to improve the recoverability of this trapped oil. Our AERO System incorporates a dedicated field deployment unit designed to work with the customer’s existing waterflood operations. Waterflooding is a commonly used process of injecting water into the reservoir in order to increase oil recovery. Our AERO System does not have any significant new impact on the environment because it utilizes existing production equipment and infrastructure and does not introduce environmental risks into the reservoir. We believe that traditional enhanced oil recovery techniques, consisting of the injection of gas, steam or chemicals into the reservoir, introduce new environmental risks and are more expensive. Implementation of our AERO System does not change the nature of the customer’s oil production operations and does not require the drilling of new wells nor does it require other significant new capital investment.
 
Our AERO System economically increases the oil production rate and the ultimate quantity of oil recovered over the life of the oil field, and extends the life of the field by integrating sophisticated biotechnology with traditional oil production techniques. Results from the first commercial and longest running field deployment of our AERO System, as reported in a Society of Petroleum Engineers paper we published with Merit Energy Company and Statoil Petroleum AS, or Statoil, in July 2011, derived from one oil producing well indicate that our AERO System may recover up to 20% of the oil that would otherwise be left behind at the end of the economic life of the well. This project also demonstrates a 60% to 100% improvement in total production rate, and we estimate that our cost for this project, excluding minimum upfront capital costs, will be approximately $5 per incremental barrel of oil. We expect that the costs for future full scale commercial implementations of our technology would not be higher than $5 per barrel, particularly if the size of the project is larger than our first AERO System commercial field deployment.
 
We have performed extensive laboratory and field testing to validate, integrate and advance technology transferred from three different scientific groups that collectively represents decades of funded research and development. Our technology is protected by several patents and patent applications. We and our technology partners, Statoil, in Norway, The Energy and Resources Institute, or TERI, in India, and Bio Topics S.A., or Biotopics, in Argentina, have applied our predecessor technologies and the AERO System in more than 100 wells throughout the world. For more information about our technology partners, see “Prospectus Summary — Our History”. We estimate that these predecessor technology implementations have recovered over 6 million barrels of oil that would not have otherwise been recovered. We estimate that the first commercial application of our AERO System, starting in May 2010, had produced more than 26,000 incremental barrels of oil by May 2011; and it continues to yield positive results. We currently have commercial projects with 11 international and domestic exploration and production, or E&P, companies. We anticipate continuing to demonstrate results with AERO System technology and expanding our customer base as well as utilizing AERO System technology on our own oil fields.


1


Table of Contents

 
Our Business Strategy
 
Our mission is to use biotechnology applied through existing oil wells to efficiently recover large quantities of oil currently trapped in reservoirs. We derive revenue from fees earned as a service provider of our AERO System technology to E&P companies, and we also intend to use our AERO System technology to increase oil production in oil fields that we acquire. To build this business we intend to:
 
  •  Expand our customer base:  As of June 15, 2012, we had 11 customer projects, three of which are in the field implementation stage. We expect to add a growing number of projects that are currently in various stages of evaluation. As we continue to develop our customer base, we expect our revenue opportunities to grow significantly.
 
  •  Pursue acquisitions and redevelopment of oil fields with additional revenue potential through deployment of our AERO System:  In October 2010, we acquired an oil property in Kansas, which we refer to as the Etzold field, to demonstrate the application of our AERO System and accelerate adoption of our technology. We plan to strategically acquire and redevelop additional temporarily abandoned and low-producing mature oil fields with historically long-lived, predictable production profiles so that we can demonstrate the efficacy of our AERO System. We also anticipate deriving revenue from the sale of oil from these oil fields as they are redeveloped by us and as we deploy our AERO System in these fields. Once our AERO System is more widely accepted, we anticipate deemphasizing the strategy of acquiring and operating our own oil fields.
 
  •  Accelerate execution by leveraging additional strategic partnerships:  Commercialization of our technology could be further accelerated and expanded through additional strategic partnerships. We currently have collaboration arrangements with Statoil, TERI and the Winogradsky Institute of Microbiology of the Russian Academy of Sciences, or Winogradsky. We are currently exploring collaboration opportunities with a number of major oil companies and other potential partners.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
  •  Disruptive and proven technology:  We believe that our AERO System is a transformative and disruptive innovation that manipulates the existing reservoir microbial communities to improve the recovery of oil in waterflood oil fields. Our technology has broad applicability. We believe our AERO System can be utilized in more oil fields compared to that of traditional enhanced oil recovery technologies, which consist of thermal injection, gas injection and chemical injection. Traditional enhanced oil recovery technologies are generally cost effective only in larger oil reservoirs and large scale operations and are generally impractical for offshore platforms due to the constraints of logistics and platform space. See “Our Company – Competition – Traditional Enhanced Oil Recovery Technologies”. For an oil reservoir to be a candidate for our current AERO System, the reservoir must be subject to waterflooding as a secondary oil recovery mechanism, must be composed of sandstone, must have permeability greater than 25 milli-darcies and must have a suitable water source. We believe that as much as 50% of the oil recovered in the United States has come from reservoirs appropriate for our AERO System. Although we do not have any studies of the global characteristics of reservoirs, based on our industry knowledge, we believe that a comparable percentage of reservoirs outside the United States will be suitable for our AERO System. We have not only demonstrated the commercial efficacy of our technology but have passed the significant milestone of one million incremental gallons of oil produced via our AERO System. As of June 15, 2012, we had 11 customer projects at various stages in our AERO System’s implementation process.
 
  •  Established commercial projects:  Our customers include international oil companies and independent oil and gas companies in North America. As of June 15, 2012, we had active projects with Husky Oil Operations Limited, Merit Energy Company, Cenovus Energy Inc., Plains Exploration and Production Company, Riyam Engineering & Services LLC (for provision of services to Petroleum Development Oman L.L.C.), T-C Oil Company, Denbury Resources Inc., ConocoPhillips Company, Enerplus Partnership, Petróleo Brasileiro S.A. and an ongoing laboratory research and development project with Shell International Exploration and Production, Inc. See “Our Company-Service Offering” for more details regarding the status of our projects.


2


Table of Contents

 
  •  The ability to economically acquire and exploit temporarily abandoned and low-producing mature oil fields:  By leveraging our AERO System technology, we can increase production rates and economic life of fields that other participants in the oil industry have abandoned or neglected. Our first oil field acquisition was the Etzold field. Etzold is an oil field that had once been deemed uneconomic and was subsequently abandoned. As of December 31, 2011, the estimated proved oil reserves in our Etzold field were 160 mbbls. See “Our Company – Oil Reserves”. Based on production data from the primary production well at our Etzold field, after the implementation of our AERO System, the daily production rate from the impacted well increased by [     ]% from the average measured for the three months prior to AERO System implementation.
 
  •  Profitable stand-alone economics:  Our first commercial application of our AERO System is profitable on a project-level basis. We estimate that our cost per barrel, excluding minimal upfront capital costs, over the life of our first commercial application will be approximately $5 per incremental barrel of oil. Successful commercialization of our AERO System does not depend on the availability of government subsidies or mandates.
 
  •  Capital-light technology:  Implementing our AERO System does not require a substantial capital investment. Our AERO System is applied to a reservoir by utilizing our field deployment module, which requires relatively minor capital investments, alongside our customer’s existing wells. We believe our technology has the potential to create a continuing source of additional economic oil production that will extend the lives of oil fields and related infrastructure for many years.
 
  •  Clean alternative to traditional enhanced oil recovery:  Our AERO System increases the oil recoverable from an existing field using infrastructure already built and in place. No new wells are drilled, no new pipelines are laid, no new significant energy input is required, and there is no new disruption to the environment. Furthermore, because the activity is biological and occurs in the reservoir, there is minimal consequent carbon dioxide or other greenhouse gas footprint. Once the application of our AERO System ends, the microbes in the reservoir are no longer supplied with nutrients, and the reservoir will return to its pre-treatment status. By comparison, we believe that traditional enhanced oil recovery techniques require significant energy input, for example in the case of thermal injection, or significant additional infrastructure, for example in the case of gas injection. In addition, we believe that traditional enhanced oil recovery techniques, in particular gas injection and chemical injection techniques, introduce new environmental impacts, which result in a sizable carbon dioxide or other greenhouse gas footprint or the addition of a large quantity of chemicals or polymers into the reservoir. See “Our Company – Competition – Traditional Enhanced Oil Recovery Technologies”.
 
  •  Strong intellectual property position:  Our intellectual property, consisting of substantial know-how and trade secrets, is the result of decades of research and development by us, Statoil, TERI and Biotopics. We also have multiple patents and patent applications. We believe our intellectual property and decades of research creates a strong barrier to entry.
 
  •  Experienced management and technical team:  Our management and technical team’s expertise includes microbiology, chemistry and biochemistry, microbial genomics, engineering, geosciences and traditional E&P, and in their respective careers our team members played key roles in the commercialization of dozens of successful large-scale industrial biotechnology and traditional oilfield acquisition and development projects.
 
Our Proprietary Technology
 
Oil is initially brought to the surface by existing natural reservoir pressure. Over time this pressure decreases and oil production declines. Once the decline has reached certain levels, the most common method of extracting additional oil from a reservoir is through waterflooding, a form of secondary oil recovery, which works by repressuring a reservoir through water injection and pushing or “sweeping” oil to producing wells. Over time the waterflood also becomes less effective and production continues to decline. Conventional oil recovery operations, including waterflood, are commonly understood to extract only approximately one-third of the original oil in place in a reservoir, leaving large quantities behind at the end of life of an oil field.


3


Table of Contents

 
Microbes have lived in the water that is present in subsurface oil reservoirs for millions of years, and a mixture of aerobic and anaerobic microbes already exists in the water being used in waterflooding operations. Our technology adds nutrients to the water that is being injected into waterflood reservoirs. These nutrients facilitate and support the growth and viability of native microbes that proliferate at the interface between the oil and water in the reservoir. We do not introduce specific microbes selected for purpose, nor do we rely upon genetically-engineered microorganisms. Our technology does not change crude oil from its native form.
 
Our AERO System improves the production of oil from the reservoir in two ways. First, the stimulated microbes reduce the interfacial tension between the oil and the water, making the oil more mobile through the reservoir rock. Second, the stimulated microbes change the flow path of water within the reservoir rock by creating temporary biomasses that block existing water passages, thereby forcing the water to find alternative routes through the reservoir rock. The biomass is short lived and breaks up after the nutrients are consumed, thus reopening the plugged water passages. The constant building up and breaking down of these barriers to create new pathways, coupled with the increased mobility of the oil, causes the waterflood to recover more oil from the reservoir.
 
Our AERO System is implemented in three steps, which we refer to as “S3”:
 
  •  Sample:  The identification and assessment of underground environments where conditions are suitable for microbial life activation.
 
  •  Simulate:  The performance of laboratory and field tests to assess microbial activation and to identify customized nutrient formulations that will cause the microbes to grow.
 
  •  Stimulate:  The implementation of our AERO System by circulating nutrient formulations in the reservoir to target indigenous microbes and support their growth and allow the recovery of more oil.
 
The duration of the Sample and Simulate phases is typically an aggregate of four months. Based on results from the field and the laboratory, oil production improvement begins to occur between one to four months after initiation of the Stimulate phase. We expect that our customers will typically continue to observe these results for an additional three to six months to validate those initial results of our AERO System. After this validation is completed, we expect to enter into longer term contracts with our customers to continue the use of our AERO System. We believe that oil production improvement from our AERO System may remain at a level that exceeds the original engineering forecast for many years. Based on the results of our pilot implementation, we anticipate that production will continue at an enhanced rate for the rest of the life of the producing oil field, provided that our AERO System is kept active in the reservoir.
 
Technological and Commercialization Milestones
 
Since our inception, we have achieved significant technological and commercial milestones, starting with our determination that oil reservoirs contain microbes that are capable of utilizing oil to grow and, in doing so, create biomass. Over the past five years, our application of technology progressed from small, discreet applications at producing wells to full scale applications at injection wells. In 2010, we implemented our first commercial application of our AERO System in a customer’s field. See “Our Company – Case Study: A Review of our AERO System’s Field Performance”. We have also acquired the Etzold field for the purpose of further demonstrating the application of our AERO System in a controlled environment and accelerating customer adoption of our technology.


4


Table of Contents

 
Our initial results indicate that our AERO System may recover from 9 to 12% of the original oil in place in a reservoir. The diagram below illustrates the percentages of oil in reservoirs that are unrecoverable and recoverable using conventional oil recovery operations and our AERO System.
 
(AERO SYSTEM LOGO)
 
 
(1) For illustrative purposes, assumes a 10% recovery of original oil in place due to our AERO System.
 
Our Market Opportunity
 
Our market consists of domestic and international oil production waterflood sites. According to a 2011 report from the U.S. Energy Information Administration, or EIA, demand for oil globally is projected to grow from 85.7 million barrels per day in 2008 to 112.2 million barrels per day in 2035. As oil trades on a global market, the price of oil is not significantly sensitive to local demand and supply fluctuations. Global demand for oil is forecasted to grow, and there is an increasing gap between new discoveries and production. The world’s oil reserves are decreasing, as it is becoming harder and more expensive to find new oil reservoirs. As a result, enhanced oil recovery technology to improve oil production is increasingly important to offset declining reserves.
 
The global enhanced oil recovery market value is forecasted to grow at a compounded annual rate of 63% from 2009 through 2015 according to the SBI Energy April 1, 2010 report entitled EOR Enhanced Oil Recovery Worldwide, or the SBI Report. By 2015, the annual enhanced oil recovery market is projected to be over $1.3 trillion according to the SBI Report.
 
According to the International Energy Agency, or IEA, March 2012 Oil Market Report, the United States produced approximately 8.1 million barrels of oil per day in 2011. According to the U.S. Department of Energy Idaho National Laboratory, waterflooding accounts for more than one-half of the United States domestic oil production, or approximately 4 million barrels of oil per day. Assuming one-half of those waterfloods are suitable for application of our AERO System, we estimate the annual incremental production opportunity for oil producers using our AERO System to be greater than $10 billion in the United States alone based on an assumed price of $80.00 per barrel and a total production rate increase from the application of our AERO System of only 30% (compared to the approximate increase of 60% to 100% in the total production rate at our first commercial application of our AERO System). As the United States accounted for approximately 6% of the world’s oil production in February 2012 according to the IEA March 2012 Oil Market Report, the potential annual international market is substantially larger.
 
We anticipate our primary competition for this sizable market will come from traditional enhanced oil recovery technologies, such as thermal injection, gas injection and chemical injection, as well as from other


5


Table of Contents

microbial enhanced oil recovery methods. We believe that our AERO System is superior to traditional enhanced oil recovery technologies both economically and environmentally. Our AERO System is able to recover oil that traditional enhanced oil recovery methods may not be able to recover on a cost-effective basis. We also believe our AERO System has a lower capital expenditure profile than any traditional enhanced oil recovery technology since it requires only relatively minor capital investments. Because our AERO System works with naturally occurring microbes in the reservoir, we believe its processes do not damage the environment.
 
Our History
 
We were founded in November 2005. In 2006, we obtained technology and intellectual property from TERI, a research organization based in India, and implemented several field projects. In 2008, we acquired know-how of Biotopics, an Argentine company working on related microbial technology in the enhanced oil recovery industry, through a technology development agreement and retained their key employees. In 2009, we entered into a technology cooperation agreement with Statoil, which has been replaced by an updated 2011 agreement, to incorporate intellectual property and know-how that Statoil has been developing for over two decades. Our scientists and engineers have been able to further develop and expand the intellectual property and know-how obtained from these three technology partners to create our AERO System.
 
We have tested the concepts and functionality of our AERO System in the field as well as in the laboratory. We have collected and tested samples from, and applied our technology to, reservoirs across the United States and Canada. This work has resulted in a comprehensive library of microbes that can be stimulated in the presence of oil and our proprietary custom nutrient formulations. From these samples, the genes and pathways responsible for the biochemistry of interactions between microbes and oil can be identified by microbial genomics methods. We believe that the substantial body of proprietary data, including our intellectual property, and experience obtained from this effort, combined with the advancement of our technology as compared with other biology-based oil recovery technology companies, creates a significant barrier to entry.
 
Risks Associated with Our Business
 
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, evaluate the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” in deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Those risk factors include the following:
 
  •  Our business is difficult to evaluate due to our limited operating history.
 
  •  We have incurred substantial losses to date, anticipate continuing to incur losses in the future and may never achieve or sustain profitability.
 
  •  Our AERO System has only been applied to a limited number of reservoirs, and the commercial and economic viability of our AERO System in a broader range of reservoirs is still unproven.
 
  •  We may have difficulties gaining market acceptance and successfully marketing our AERO System to our potential customers.
 
  •  Our revenue to date has been derived from a small number of customers, and the loss of any of these customers would likely materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
  •  Oil prices are volatile, and a decline in the price of oil could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
  •  Oil fields, once acquired, may not be appropriate for our purposes or may have environmental or other liabilities associated with them that may negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


6


Table of Contents

 
Corporate Information
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 4315 South Drive, Houston, Texas 77053 and our telephone number is (713) 237-8880. Our corporate website address is www.glorienergy.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.
 
Our logos and “AEROtm” and other trademarks or service marks of Glori Energy Inc. appearing in this prospectus are the property of Glori Energy Inc. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply relationships with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.


7


Table of Contents

The Offering
 
Common stock offered by us            shares
 
Common stock outstanding after this offering
           shares
 
Use of proceeds We have no current specific plans for the use of the net proceeds from this offering. We intend to use a majority of the net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition, restoration and operation of additional temporarily abandoned and low-producing mature oil fields, including the implementation of our AERO System in these fields. We do not, however, have agreements or commitments for any specific property acquisitions at this time. We may also use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include capital expenditures associated with our AERO System and expenditures relating to further research and development efforts. See “Use of Proceeds”.
 
Risk factors See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.
 
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol.
“GLRI”
 
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2012. Such number of shares excludes:
 
  •  4,608,226 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2012 with a weighted average exercise price of $0.42 per share;
 
  •  [          ] shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan;
 
  •  994,269 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2012 with a weighted exercise price of $1.03 per share; and
 
  •  145,932 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant issued by us to a lender on June 11, 2012 with an exercise price of $2.741 per share in connection with a loan and security agreement, or the loan agreement, that we entered into with that lender.
 
Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes:
 
  •  the conversion, which will occur upon the closing of this offering, of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock into an aggregate of 52,616,197 shares of our common stock (assuming the conversion of our series C preferred stock into shares of our common stock on a one-to-one basis upon the closing of this offering, which conversion ratio is subject to adjustment based on the initial public offering price of our common stock in this offering), subject to additional shares of our common stock being issuable (x) for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series A and series B preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 4% for our series A preferred stock and 8% for our series B preferred stock and (y) for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series C preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 8% through December 30, 2012;
 
  •  the [          ]-to-one reverse split of our common stock on [          , 2012]; and
 
  •  no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional          shares of our common stock from us to cover over-allotments.


8


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data
 
The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets and other data for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 and the other data for the three months ended March 31, 2012 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2012 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this information together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
We have presented the summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2012, and the net loss applicable to common stockholders and the net loss per common share for the periods ended December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 on a pro forma basis to give effect to:
 
  •  the conversion, which will occur upon the closing of this offering, of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock into an aggregate of 52,616,197 shares of our common stock (assuming the conversion of our series C preferred stock into shares of our common stock on a one-to-one basis upon the closing of this offering, which conversion ratio is subject to adjustment based on the initial public offering price of our common stock in this offering), subject to additional shares of our common stock being issuable (x) for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series A and series B preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 4% for our series A preferred stock and 8% for our series B preferred stock and (y) for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series C preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 8% through December 30, 2012; and
 
  •  the sale by us of           shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from that sale after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 


9


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
    (As Restated)           (As Restated)        
                      (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues
  $ 858     $ 131     $ 1,565     $ 357     $ 482  
Expenses:
                                       
Operations
    1,277       1,163       2,671       327       746  
Research and development
    1,021       1,546       1,529       342       347  
Selling, general and administrative
    827       1,679       2,861       576       758  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    390       442       576       125       165  
                                         
Total expenses
    3,515       4,830       7,637       1,370       2,016  
                                         
Loss from operations
    (2,657 )     (4,699 )     (6,072 )     (1,013 )     (1,534 )
Other income (expense), net
    (2,611 )     921       1,524       3       10  
                                         
Net loss before taxes on income
    (5,268 )     (3,778 )     (4,548 )     (1,010 )     (1,524 )
Taxes on income
                             
                                         
Net loss
    (5,268 )     (3,778 )     (4,548 )     (1,010 )     (1,524 )
Less accretion of redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock dividends
    (596 )     (2,556 )     (4,388 )     (955 )     (2,522 )
                                         
Net loss applicable to common stockholders
  $ (5,864 )   $ (6,334 )   $ (8,936 )   $ (1,965 )   $ (4,046 )
                                         
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted
  $ (2.05 )   $ (2.21 )   $ (3.05 )   $ (0.69 )   $ (1.33 )
                                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
    2,863       2,866       2,932       2,866       3,042  
                                         
Other Data:
                                       
Net cash used in operating activities
  $ 2,033     $ 4,263     $ 3,888     $ 545     $ 1,770  
Net cash used in investing activities
    49       615       2,423       954       244  
Net cash provided by financing activities
    7,491       5,784       8,015             11,620  
Pro forma net loss applicable to common stockholders
                  $               $    
Pro forma net loss per common share, basis and diluted
                                       
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding
                                       
 
                 
    March 31, 2012
    Actual   Pro Forma
    (In thousands)
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 18,452     $             
Total assets
    23,228          
Total stockholders’ equity
    (35,232 )        

10


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below before deciding to invest in our common stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing the risks described below, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements, before deciding to purchase any of our common stock.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
Our business is difficult to evaluate due to our limited operating history.
 
Since our inception in November 2005, the majority of our resources have been dedicated to our research and development efforts, and we have only recently begun to transition into the early stages of commercializing our AERO System. We do not have a stable operating history that you can rely on in connection with your evaluation of our current business or our future business prospects. Our business and prospects must be carefully considered in light of the limited history of our AERO System and the many business risks, uncertainties and difficulties that are typically encountered by companies that have sporadic revenues and are committed to focusing on research, development and technology testing for an indeterminate period of time.
 
Because of our limited operating history and our relatively recent transition into the commercial deployment of our AERO System that we are relying on to become our core revenue generator, we have limited insight into trends and conditions that may exist or might emerge and affect our business. Our proposed business strategies described in this prospectus incorporate our management’s current analysis of potential markets, opportunities and difficulties that we face. Our underlying assumptions may not accurately reflect current trends and conditions in our industry, and our AERO System may not be successful. Our business strategies may change substantially from time to time or may be abandoned as our management reassesses our opportunities and reallocates our resources. If we are unable to develop or implement these strategies, or if our AERO System becomes not economically viable, we may never realize material sales or achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we cannot predict the level of such profitability, and it may not be sustainable.
 
We have incurred substantial losses to date, anticipate continuing to incur losses in the future and may never achieve or sustain profitability.
 
We have incurred substantial net losses since our inception, including net losses of $3.8 million, $3.7 million, $5.3 million, $3.8 million and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, and we expect these losses to continue. As of March 31, 2012, we had an accumulated deficit of $35 million. We expect to incur additional costs and expenses related to the continued development and expansion of our business, including our research and development operations, the commercialization of our AERO System and the acquisition, restoration and operation of additional temporarily abandoned and low-producing mature oil fields. As a result, we may never achieve profitability.
 
Our AERO System has only been applied to a limited number of reservoirs, and the commercial and economic viability of our AERO System in a broader range of reservoirs is still unproven.
 
Our AERO System has only been applied in a limited number of sandstone reservoirs to date. The future success of our business depends on our ability to demonstrate that our AERO System has the ability to increase oil recovery on a more widespread basis and on a larger scale and on attractive economic terms. Reservoir characteristics differ and, consequently, certain elements of our services are specifically engineered for each reservoir. As a result, we may not be able to achieve results in other reservoirs consistent with those we have thus far achieved in the reservoirs where our AERO System has been applied. In addition, our data with respect to the commercial application of our AERO System is derived from the one oil producing well in our first commercial implementation of our technology. See “Our Company – Case Study: A Review of our


11


Table of Contents

AERO System’s Field Performance”. Subsequent implementations of our AERO System could yield less favorable oil production rates and overall oil recovery results than those observed during that first implementation. Any inability to commercialize our AERO System applications effectively or to realize sufficiently favorable oil recovery results in a significant number of other reservoirs will limit the commercial acceptance and viability of our AERO System, which would materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The success of our AERO System is dependent upon the information we receive from our customers.
 
The success of an application of our AERO System to a particular reservoir is dependent upon information that we receive from our customers regarding the reservoir characteristics and geology. If this information is inaccurate, we may not be able to achieve results in such a reservoir consistent with those we have thus far achieved in the reservoirs where our AERO System has been applied successfully. Because of the uniqueness of our technology and the early stage of our development, we must educate potential customers on our technology in order to be able to generate business. New customers generally prefer to initially test our technology in a small portion of their lowest-priority oil field. Since our test only includes a small portion of the injection wells and production wells in the oil field, it is important that the customer be able to identify which injection wells are servicing the production wells in the test area. For example, on a recent project one of the customer’s injector wells in the test area was subsequently determined to be outside of the test reservoir, so any waterflooding or application of our AERO System could not be effective for the production wells in the test area since water could not flow from the injection well to the production well.
 
We may have difficulties gaining market acceptance and successfully marketing our AERO System.
 
A key component of our business strategy is to market our AERO System to oil producers. To gain market acceptance and successfully market our AERO System to oil producers, we must effectively demonstrate the commercial advantages of using our AERO System as an alternative to, or in addition to, other enhanced oil recovery methods. We must prove that our AERO System significantly increases the amount of oil that can be recovered from a reservoir cost effectively. If we are unable to demonstrate this capability to oil producers, we will not be able to penetrate this market, generate new business or retain existing customers. In addition, until the efficacy of our technology is more widely demonstrated we are likely to experience long sales cycles and long test cycles, which may harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our revenue to date has been derived from a small number of customers, and the loss of any of these customers would likely materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We only have a small number of customers. For the year ended December 31, 2011, all of our service revenue was generated from three customers. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, all of our service revenue was generated from four customers. Our service contracts generally contain provisions that allow for cancellation by our customers upon short notice. If any of these customers terminates or significantly reduces its business with us or if we fail to generate new business, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially harmed.
 
Oil prices are volatile, and a decline in the price of oil could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our results of operations and future growth will depend on the level of activity for oil development and production. Demand for our AERO System depends on our customers’ willingness to make operating and capital expenditures for waterflooding procedures and our AERO System. Our business will suffer if these expenditures decline. Declining oil prices, or the perception of a future decline in oil prices, would adversely affect the prices we can obtain from our customers or prevent us from obtaining new customers for our services. Our customers’ willingness to develop and produce oil using waterflooding and our AERO System is


12


Table of Contents

highly dependent on prevailing market conditions and oil prices that are influenced by numerous factors over which we have no control, including:
 
  •  changes in the supply of or the demand for oil;
 
  •  the condition of the United States and worldwide economies;
 
  •  market uncertainty;
 
  •  the level of consumer product demand;
 
  •  the actions taken by foreign oil producing nations;
 
  •  domestic and foreign governmental regulation and taxes;
 
  •  political conditions or hostilities in oil producing nations;
 
  •  the price and availability of alternate fuel sources;
 
  •  terrorism; and
 
  •  the availability of pipeline or other takeaway capacity.
 
Oil prices have historically been volatile and cyclical. A prolonged reduction in the price of oil will likely affect oil production levels and therefore affect demand for our services. In addition, a prolonged significant reduction in the price of oil could make it more difficult for us to collect outstanding account receivables from our customers. A material decline in oil prices or oil development or production activity levels could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Oil fields, once acquired, may not be appropriate for our purposes or may have environmental or other liabilities associated with them that may negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We intend to acquire temporarily abandoned and low-producing mature oil fields. Oil fields we acquire may not result in commercially viable projects. The potential of a given property to continue to produce oil or resume production of oil and to be adaptable to our AERO System cannot be determined with a high level of precision prior to our acquisition of the property. Our due diligence reviews of the properties we acquire are inherently incomplete and cannot assure us of the quality of the oil fields or of the likelihood of success of our AERO System in enhancing their production of oil. It is generally not possible for us to test a property or conduct an in-depth review of its related records as part of its acquisition. Even if we are able to complete an in-depth review and sampling of these properties, such a review may not reveal existing or potential problems or permit us to become sufficiently familiar with the properties to fully assess their potential for successful application of our AERO System.
 
Even when problems are identified, it may be necessary for us to assume known or unknown environmental and other risks and liabilities to complete the acquisition of such properties. In addition, since the properties we are targeting are temporarily abandoned and low-producing mature oil fields, their existing infrastructure may be out of date, damaged, in need of repair or removal, and we could incur unanticipated costs to repair or replace this infrastructure. The discovery of any unanticipated material liabilities or remediation costs or the incurrence of any unanticipated costs associated with our oilfield acquisitions could harm our results of operations and financial condition.
 
If the injection water used in an oil field is not suitable for our AERO System, our AERO System may not work correctly or will require additional costs either to clean the water or substitute suitable water and, therefore, may not be a viable option for some oil fields.
 
Our AERO System requires that the water injected into the injection wells not be inhibitory to microbial growth and not contain substrates that will allow biofilm to grow in the injection pipeline. If suitable water is not being used, our AERO System will not work unless additional costs are expended to clean the water or to utilize an alternate source of water. These additional costs may make our AERO System less cost effective or


13


Table of Contents

not a viable option for some oil fields. For example, in a recent implementation of our AERO System, the salinity of the produced water used in the waterflood operations was very high, making it hostile to most microbes. The solution was to use water from an existing nearby water well to provide a better environment for the microbes which made our AERO System more effective. We may not be able to provide suitable water to some projects, eliminating these oil fields as candidates for our AERO System.
 
Our AERO System is currently useable only in oil reservoirs with specific characteristics, which limits the potential market for our services.
 
For an oil reservoir to be suitable for our current AERO System, the reservoir must be waterflooded, must be composed of sandstone, must have permeability greater than 25 milli-darcies and must have a suitable water source. We believe that these requirements mean that approximately 50% of the world’s oil recovery comes from reservoirs that are not suitable for our AERO System as currently developed and that the market for our services is correspondingly limited.
 
Our operations involve operating hazards, which, if not insured or indemnified against, could harm our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our operations are subject to hazards inherent in our technology, including exposure to pressurized air that may be used in our AERO System equipment and pressurized fluids that may be associated with the water injection system, and to hazards typically associated with oilfield service operations, including fire and explosions and damage or loss from natural disasters. These hazards could cause personal injury or loss of life, could result in the suspension of operations or in damage or destruction to the property and equipment involved, could lead to claims by employees, customers or third parties, could cause environmental damage and could cause substantial damage to oil producing formations or facilities. Operations also may be suspended because of equipment breakdowns and failure of subcontractors to perform or supply goods or services.
 
Some of these risks are either not insurable or insurance is available only at rates that we consider uneconomical. We may not always be successful in obtaining contractual indemnification from our customers, and customers who provide contractual indemnification protection may not maintain adequate insurance or otherwise have the financial resources necessary to support their indemnification obligations. Our insurance or indemnification arrangements may not adequately protect us against liability or loss from all the hazards of our operations. The occurrence of a significant event that we have not fully insured or indemnified against or the failure of a customer to meet its indemnification obligations to us could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
The loss of key personnel or the failure to attract and retain highly qualified personnel could compromise our ability to effectively manage our business and pursue our growth strategy.
 
Our future performance depends on the continued service of our key technical, development, sales, services and management personnel. In particular, we are heavily dependent on the following key employees: Stuart M. Page, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Thomas Ishoey, our Chief Technology Officer, and William M. Bierhaus II, our Senior Vice President of Business Development. The loss of key employees could result in significant disruptions to our business, and the integration of replacement personnel could be costly and time consuming, could cause additional disruptions to our business and could be unsuccessful. We do not carry key person life insurance covering any of our employees.
 
Our future success also depends on our continued ability to attract and retain highly qualified technical, development, sales, services and management personnel. A significant increase in the wages paid by competing employers could reduce our skilled labor force and increase the wages that we must pay to motivate, retain or recruit skilled employees.
 
In addition, wage inflation and the cost of retaining our key personnel in the face of competition for such personnel may increase our costs faster than we can offset these costs with increased prices or increased sales of our AERO System.


14


Table of Contents

We may require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals and to make future acquisitions, and a failure to obtain this capital when needed or on acceptable terms could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our research and development and commercialization efforts.
 
Since our inception, most of our resources have been dedicated towards research and development, as well as demonstrating the effectiveness of our AERO System in our labs and in the field. We intend to expend substantial resources for the foreseeable future on further developing our AERO System. Also, we anticipate that we will expend significant resources on the acquisition and operation of additional temporarily abandoned and low-producing mature oil fields to continue to test and demonstrate our AERO System in reservoirs with a variety of characteristics. Debt or equity financing may not be available or sufficient to meet our requirements. For example, a decline in the trading price of our common stock from the price at which it is sold in this offering could limit our ability to raise equity financing in the future. Our inability to access sufficient amounts of capital on acceptable terms, or at all, for our operations could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technology.
 
We may seek additional capital through a combination of public and private equity offerings, debt financings, strategic partnerships and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale or issuance of equity, warrants or other convertible securities, ownership interests of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of those securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders. If we raise capital through debt financing, such debt financing may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take certain actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, declaring dividends or purchasing our common stock. If we raise additional funds through strategic partnerships and licensing agreements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technology or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our commercialization efforts.
 
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate in the future.
 
Our financial condition and operating results have varied significantly in the past and may continue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter and year to year in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Factors relating to our business that may contribute to these fluctuations are described elsewhere in this prospectus. Accordingly, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future operating performance.
 
Our industry is highly competitive, and if we do not compete successfully, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.
 
The enhanced oil recovery industry is large and intensely competitive. Our competition comes mainly from other methods of enhanced oil recovery, such as thermal injection (for example, steam), gas injection (for example, carbon dioxide) and chemical injection (for example, surfactants) into producing properties. There are also other companies developing or planning to commercialize microbial technology that is similar to our AERO System or other emerging enhanced oil recovery technologies, including TIORCO, Geo Fossil Fuels, LLC, Titan Oil Recovery, Inc. and Micro-Bac International, Inc. Some of our competitors have longer operating histories, greater recognition in the industry and substantially greater financial and other resources for developing new technologies as well as for recruiting and retaining qualified personnel than we do. Their greater financial resources may also make them better able to withstand downturns in the market, expand into new areas more aggressively or operate in developing markets without immediate financial returns. Strong competition and significant investments by competitors to develop new and better technology may make it difficult for us to maintain and expand our customer base, force us to reduce our prices or increase our costs to develop new technology.


15


Table of Contents

Our success will depend on our ability to adapt to these competitive forces, to adapt to technological advances and to educate potential customers about the benefits of using our technology rather than our competitors’ technology. Our failure to respond successfully to these competitive challenges could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our industry is characterized by technological change, and if we fail to keep up with these changes, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.
 
The enhanced oil recovery industry is characterized by changes in technology, evolving methods of oil recovery and emerging competition. Our future business prospects largely depend on our ability to anticipate and respond to technological changes and to develop competitive products. If other enhanced oil recovery methods yield better results or are less expensive than our method, our business will suffer. We may not be able to respond successfully to new technological developments and challenges or identify and respond to new market opportunities, services or products offered by competitors. In addition, our efforts to respond to new methods of oil recovery and competition may require significant capital investments and resources, and we may not have the necessary resources to respond to these challenges. Failure to keep up with future technological changes could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
If we engage in any acquisitions, we will incur a variety of costs and could face numerous risks that would adversely affect our business and operations.
 
In addition to temporarily abandoned and low-producing mature oil fields that we intend to acquire, we may acquire businesses, assets, technologies or products to enhance our business in the future if appropriate opportunities become available. In connection with any future acquisitions, we could:
 
  •  issue additional equity securities which would dilute our current stockholders;
 
  •  incur substantial debt to fund the acquisitions; or
 
  •  assume significant liabilities.
 
Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including problems integrating the purchased operations, technologies or products, unanticipated costs and other liabilities, diversion of management’s attention from our core business, adverse effects on existing business relationships with current and/or prospective partners, customers and/or suppliers, risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience and potential loss of key employees. We may not be able to successfully integrate any businesses, assets, products, technologies or personnel that we might acquire in the future without a significant expenditure of operating, financial and management resources, if at all. The integration process could divert management time from focusing on operating our business, result in a decline in employee morale and cause retention issues to arise from changes in compensation, reporting relationships, future prospects or the direction of the business. Acquisitions may also require us to record goodwill, non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges, incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets and incur large and immediate write-offs and restructuring and other related expenses, all of which could harm our operating results and financial condition. In addition, we may acquire companies that have insufficient internal financial controls, which could impair our ability to integrate the acquired company and adversely impact our financial reporting. If we fail in our integration efforts with respect to any of our acquisitions and are unable to efficiently operate as a combined organization, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially harmed.
 
If we fail to manage future growth effectively, our business could be harmed.
 
If our AERO System becomes commercially accepted, we may experience rapid growth. Any such growth would likely place significant demands on our management and on our operational and financial infrastructure. To manage growth effectively, we would need to, among other things, improve and enhance our managerial, operational and financial controls, hire sufficient numbers of capable employees and upgrade our infrastructure. We would also need to manage an increasing number of relationships with our customers,


16


Table of Contents

suppliers, business partners and other third parties. These activities would require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources. If we fail to maintain the efficiency of our organization as we grow, our revenues and profitability may be harmed, and we might be unable to achieve our business objectives.
 
Many of our contracts will be governed by non-U.S. law, which may make them more difficult or expensive to enforce than contracts governed by United States law.
 
We expect that many of our customer contracts will be governed by non-U.S. law, which may create both legal and practical difficulties in case of a dispute or conflict. We plan to establish operations in regions where the ability to protect contractual and other legal rights may be limited compared to regions with better-established legal systems. In addition, having to pursue litigation in a non-U.S. country may be more difficult or expensive than pursuing litigation in the United States.
 
Our business operations in countries outside the United States are subject to a number of United States federal laws and regulations, including restrictions imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act as well as trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of Treasury and the United States Department of Commerce, which could adversely affect our operations if violated.
 
We must comply with all applicable export control laws and regulations of the United States and other countries. We cannot provide services to certain countries subject to United States trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Asset Control of the United States Department of the Treasury or the United States Department of Commerce unless we first obtain the necessary authorizations. In addition, we are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which generally prohibits bribes or unreasonable gifts to non-U.S. governments or officials. Violations of these laws or regulations could result in significant additional sanctions including fines, more onerous compliance requirements, more extensive debarments from export privileges or loss of authorizations needed to conduct aspects of our international business. In certain countries, we may engage third party agents or intermediaries to act on our behalf in dealings with government officials, such as customs agents, and if these third party agents or intermediaries violate applicable laws, their actions may result in penalties or sanctions being assessed against us.
 
Our international operations are subject to additional or different risks than our United States operations.
 
We intend to expand our operations into a number of countries outside the United States. There are many risks inherent in conducting business internationally that are in addition to or different than those affecting our United States operations, including:
 
  •  sometimes vague and confusing regulatory requirements that can be subject to unexpected changes or interpretations;
 
  •  import and export restrictions;
 
  •  tariffs and other trade barriers;
 
  •  difficulty in staffing and managing geographically dispersed operations and culturally diverse work forces and increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with multiple international locations;
 
  •  differences in employment laws and practices among different countries, including restrictions on terminating employees;
 
  •  differing technology standards;
 
  •  fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
 
  •  imposition of currency exchange controls;
 
  •  potential political and economic instability in some regions;


17


Table of Contents

 
  •  legal and cultural differences in the conduct of business;
 
  •  less due process and sometimes arbitrary application of laws and sanctions, including criminal charges and arrests;
 
  •  difficulties in raising awareness of applicable United States laws to our agents and third party intermediaries;
 
  •  potentially adverse tax consequences;
 
  •  difficulties in enforcing contracts and collecting receivables;
 
  •  difficulties and expense of maintaining international sales distribution channels; and
 
  •  difficulties in maintaining and protecting our intellectual property.
 
Operating internationally exposes our business to increased regulatory and political risks in some non-U.S. jurisdictions where we operate. In addition to different laws and regulations, changes in governments or changes in governmental policies in these jurisdictions may alter current interpretation of laws and regulations affecting our business. We also face increased risk of incidents such as war or other international conflict and nationalization.
 
Many of the countries in which we plan to operate have legal systems that are less developed and less predictable than legal systems in the United States. It may be difficult for us to obtain effective legal redress in the courts of some jurisdictions, whether in respect of a breach of law or regulation, or in an ownership dispute because of: (i) a high degree of discretion on the part of governmental authorities, which results in less predictability; (ii) a lack of judicial or administrative guidance on interpreting applicable rules and regulations; (iii) inconsistencies or conflicts between or within various laws, regulations, decrees, orders and resolutions; (iv) the relative inexperience of the judiciary and courts in such matters or (v) a predisposition in favor of local claimants against United States companies. In certain jurisdictions, the commitment of local business people, government officials and agencies and the judicial system to abide by legal requirements and negotiated agreements may be unreliable. In particular, agreements may be susceptible to revision or cancellation and legal redress may be uncertain or time-consuming. Actions of governmental authorities or officers may adversely affect joint ventures, licenses, license applications or other legal arrangements, and such arrangements in these jurisdictions may not be effective or enforced.
 
The authorities in the countries where we operate, or plan to operate, may introduce additional regulations for the oil industry with respect to, but not limited to, various laws governing prospecting, development, production, taxes, price controls, export controls, currency remittance, expropriation of property, foreign investment, maintenance of claims, environmental legislation, land use, land claims of local people, water use, labor standards, occupational health network access and other matters. New rules and regulations may be enacted or existing rules and regulations may be applied or interpreted in a manner which could limit our ability to provide our technology. Amendments to current laws and regulations governing operations and activities in the oil and gas industry could harm our operations and financial results.
 
Compliance with and changes in tax laws or adverse positions taken by taxing authorities could be costly and could affect our operating results. Compliance related tax issues could also limit our ability to do business in certain countries. Changes in tax laws or tax rates, the resolution of tax assessments or audits by various taxing authorities, disagreements with taxing authorities over our tax positions and the ability to fully utilize our tax loss carry-forwards and tax credits could have a significant financial impact on our future operations and the way we conduct, or if we conduct, business in the affected countries.
 
Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.
 
As of March 31, 2012, we had net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $22.5 million. In general, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to


18


Table of Contents

offset future taxable income. We believe that our issuance of series B preferred stock on October 15, 2009 resulted in a Section 382 ownership change limitation. We estimate that approximately $5.4 million of our NOLs will expire unused due to Section 382 ownership change limitations. In addition, if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this public offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be limited further by Section 382. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations.
 
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the recognition of certain complex equity transactions. If we fail to remediate this material weakness or otherwise fail to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we could face difficulties in preparing timely and accurate financial statements, which could cause us to fail to file our periodic reports timely, result in inaccurate financial reporting or restatements of our financial statements, subject our stock to delisting and materially harm our business reputation and stock price.
 
In connection with our preparation of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, a material error in the audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 and the related interim periods in 2009, 2010 and 2011 was identified. We have corrected this error, which resulted in a reclassification of our preferred stock between temporary equity and stockholders’ equity within the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 in the aggregate amount of $29,137,000, and restated our reported results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 by increasing our net loss by $2,547,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and reducing our net loss by $920,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010. We have also restated the results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011. The restatements of our results of operations resulted from the recognition of the right of the holders of preferred stock to convert the preferred stock to common stock as an embedded derivative which requires recognition at fair value.
 
Management believes that we did not have the appropriate resources or personnel to provide a full review of complex transactions to allow us in the normal course of business to prevent or identify this misstatement on a timely basis and that constituted a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting under the standards established by the United States Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the “PCAOB Standards.” Under the PCAOB Standards, a material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the entity’s financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected, on a timely basis. In 2012, we have taken steps to improve our internal controls over financial reporting by implementing procedures to review complex equity or similar transactions and complex technical accounting policies periodically and have added an additional accountant with public company reporting experience. As of December 31, 2011, the cumulative effect of the complex equity transactions affecting net loss was not material to our consolidated financial position. Upon completion of this offering, our preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. As a result, the provisions giving rise to this restatement will no longer exist, and the associated accounting treatment will no longer be required in future consolidated financial statements.
 
Upon the completion of this offering, we will have had only limited experience with the internal control improvements we have made to date. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any future measures we may implement, will ensure that we maintain adequate control over our financial processes and reporting. In addition, it is possible that we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify additional errors in our financial statements that may be considered material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.
 
As of each year end beginning with the year ending December 31, 2013, our management will be required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting and to provide in our Form 10-K its assessment of our internal controls to our shareholders. However, since we are an emerging growth company as defined in the recently adopted Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, our registered independent public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of


19


Table of Contents

the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act. To the extent we find additional material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal controls, we may determine that we have ineffective internal controls, which may delay the conclusion of an annual audit or a review of our quarterly financial results.
 
As a public company, we will be required to file annual and quarterly periodic reports containing our financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, within prescribed time periods. As part of The Nasdaq Global Market listing requirements, we are also required to provide our periodic reports, or make them available, to our shareholders within prescribed time periods. We may not be able to produce reliable financial statements or to file these financial statements as part of a periodic report in a timely manner with the SEC and to comply with The Nasdaq Global Market listing requirements. If these events occur, our common stock listing on The Nasdaq Global Market could be suspended or terminated. In addition, we could make errors in our financial statements that could require us to restate our financial statements in the future. If we are required to restate our financial statements in the future, any specific adjustment may be adverse and may cause our operating results and financial condition, as restated, on an overall basis to be materially and adversely impacted. As a result, we or members of our management could be the subject of adverse publicity, investigations and sanctions by such regulatory authorities as the SEC and be subject to shareholder lawsuits. Any of the above consequences could cause our stock price to decline materially and could impose significant unanticipated costs on us.
 
We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.
 
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, only having to provide two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required interim financial statements and correspondingly reduced disclosure in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the issuance, in any three-year period, by our company of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities held by non-affiliates; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens. We have not taken advantage of any of these reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus, although we may choose to do so in future filings and if we do, the information that we provide our security holders may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
 
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We are electing to delay such adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not adopt the new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As a result of our election, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of other public companies. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.


20


Table of Contents

 
Our loan agreement places financial restrictions and operating restrictions on our business, which may limit our flexibility to respond to opportunities and may harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our loan agreement restrict any future financing agreements and could restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage, expand or pursue our business activities. For example, our loan agreement restricts our ability to:
 
  •  enter into a merger, consolidate or make an investment in other entities;
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness;
 
  •  incur liens on the property secured by the loan agreement and our intellectual property;
 
  •  pay cash dividends; and
 
  •  sell or dispose of our assets, including our oil properties.
 
These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. Our compliance with these provisions may materially adversely affect our ability to react to changes in market conditions, take advantage of business opportunities we believe to be desirable, obtain future financing, fund needed capital expenditures, finance acquisitions or withstand a future downturn in our business.
 
Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our loan agreement may be affected by events beyond our control. If we violate any of the restrictions or covenants in our loan agreement, the indebtedness under the loan agreement may become immediately due and payable. We might not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments. Even if we could obtain alternative financing, that financing may not be on terms that are favorable or acceptable to us. In addition, our obligations under our loan agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets, except for our intellectual property. If we are unable to repay amounts borrowed, the holders of the debt could initiate a bankruptcy proceeding or foreclose on the collateral.
 
Our estimated proved reserves are based on many assumptions that may turn out to be inaccurate. The actual quantities and present value of our proved reserves may prove to be materially lower than we have estimated.
 
The process of estimating oil reserves is complex. It requires interpretations of available technical data and many assumptions, including assumptions relating to current and future economic conditions and commodity prices. Any significant inaccuracies in these interpretations or assumptions could materially affect the estimated quantities and present value of reserves shown in this prospectus. See “Our Company — Oil Reserves” and Note P “Supplemental Information for Oil and Gas Producing Activities” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information about our estimated oil reserves as of December 31, 2011.
 
In order to prepare our estimates, we must project production rates and the timing of development expenditures. We must also analyze available geological, geophysical, production and engineering data. The extent, quality and reliability of this data can vary. The process also requires economic assumptions about matters such as oil prices, operating expenses, capital expenditures, taxes and availability of funds. Although the reserve information contained herein is reviewed by independent reserve engineers, estimates of oil and natural gas reserves are inherently imprecise. Furthermore, different reserve engineers may make different estimates of reserves and cash flows based on the same available data.
 
Actual future production, oil prices, revenues, taxes, development expenditures, operating expenses and quantities of recoverable oil reserves will vary from our estimates. Any significant variance could materially affect the estimated quantities and present value of reserves shown in this prospectus. In addition, we may adjust estimates of proved reserves to reflect production history, prevailing oil prices and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.


21


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
 
We may not be able to protect our proprietary information or technology adequately.
 
Our success depends on our proprietary information and technology. Our pending and future patent applications may not issue as patents or, if issued, may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection or any competitive advantage. Existing or future patents may be challenged, including with respect to the development and ownership thereof, or narrowed, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from developing and marketing similar technology or limit the length of terms of patent protection we may have for our technology. In addition, any such challenge could be costly and become a significant diversion of our management’s time and resources. Further, other companies may design around technology we have patented, licensed or developed and, therefore, diminish any competitive advantage we may have from our technology. Also, changes in patent laws or their interpretation in the United States and other countries could diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection.
 
These concerns apply equally to patents we have licensed or may in the future license, which may likewise be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. In addition, we generally do not control the patent prosecution and maintenance of subject matter that we license from others. Generally, the licensors are primarily or wholly responsible for the patent prosecution and maintenance activities pertaining to the patent applications and patents we license, while we may only be afforded opportunities to comment on such activities. Accordingly, we are unable to exercise the same degree of control over licensed intellectual property as we exercise over our own intellectual property, and we face the risk that our licensors will not prosecute or maintain it as effectively as we would like.
 
Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our patents or other intellectual property rights, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets or determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. In order to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, we may initiate litigation against third parties, such as infringement suits or interference proceedings. Such litigation may be costly and may not be successful. Litigation may be necessary to:
 
  •  assert claims of infringement;
 
  •  enforce our patents;
 
  •  enforce our licenses;
 
  •  protect our trade secrets or know-how; or
 
  •  determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others.
 
The steps we have taken to deter misappropriation of our proprietary information and technology may be insufficient to protect us, and we may be unable to prevent infringement of our intellectual property rights or misappropriation of our proprietary information. Any infringement or misappropriation could harm any competitive advantage we currently derive or may derive in the future from our proprietary rights. In addition, if we operate in foreign jurisdictions in the future, we may not be able to protect our intellectual property in the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. The legal systems of certain countries do not favor the aggressive enforcement of intellectual property and the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Any actions taken in those countries may have results that are different than if such actions were taken under the laws of the United States. Patent litigation and other challenges to our patents are costly and unpredictable and represent a significant diversion of our management’s time and resources. Our intellectual property may also fall into the public domain. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights, we may be at a disadvantage to others who did not incur the substantial time and expense we have incurred to create our technology.


22


Table of Contents

Confidentiality agreements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosures of trade secrets and other proprietary information.
 
We rely in part on trade secret protection to protect our confidential and proprietary information and processes. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. The measures we have taken to protect our trade secrets and proprietary information may not be effective. We require new employees and consultants to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of an employment or consulting arrangement with us. These agreements generally require that all confidential information developed by the individual or made known to the individual by us during the course of the individual’s relationship with us be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties. These agreements also generally provide that know-how and inventions conceived by the individual in the course of rendering services to us are our exclusive property. Nevertheless, these agreements may be breached or may not be enforceable, our proprietary information may be disclosed, and others may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets, and we may not have adequate remedies for any resulting losses. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position.
 
Our technology may infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others. Intellectual property infringement claims would be time consuming and expensive to defend and may result in limitations on our ability to use the intellectual property subject to these claims.
 
Claims asserting that we have violated or infringed upon third party intellectual property rights may be brought against us in the future. We may be unaware of intellectual property rights of others that may cover some of our technology or third parties may have or eventually be issued patents on which our current and future technology may infringe. The complexity of the technology involved and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation increase these risks. Any claims and any resulting litigation could subject us to significant liability for damages, cause us to incur significant expenses and divert management time. A court could enter orders temporarily, preliminarily or permanently enjoining us from making, using, selling or importing any current and future technology or could enter an order mandating that we undertake certain remedial activities. An adverse determination in any litigation of this type could require us to design around a third party’s patent or license alternative technology from another third party, which may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. If we could not do these things on a timely and cost-effective basis, our revenues may decrease substantially and we could be exposed to significant liability. In addition, litigation is time-consuming and expensive to defend and could result in limitations on our ability to use the intellectual property subject to these claims.
 
Environmental and Regulatory Risks
 
We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental regulations, which can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of our business.
 
Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations, including environmental and health and safety laws and regulations governing, among other things, the generation, storage, handling, emission, use, transportation and discharge of hazardous substances and other materials into the environment, the integrity of groundwater aquifers and the health and safety of our employees. These laws and regulations can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business. We incur, and expect to continue to incur, capital and operating costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations. Many laws and regulations require permits for the operation of various facilities, and these permits are subject to revocation, modification and renewal. Governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with their regulations, and violations could subject us to fines, injunctions or both.
 
We could be held liable for contamination at or from our current or former properties and any sites we acquire in the future, as well as for contamination at or from third party sites where we have operated or have disposed of waste, regardless of our fault. We could also be subject to claims from landowners alleging


23


Table of Contents

property damage as a result of our operations. Further, we could be held liable for any and all consequences arising out of human exposure to hazardous substances or other environmental damage. In addition, if we are named in an environmental lawsuit alleging contamination at any such site, even if we are not at fault, any such lawsuit could harm our reputation and be costly and become a significant diversion of our management’s time and resources.
 
Environmental laws are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. Changes in, or additions to, environmental and health and safety laws and regulations could lead to increased operating and compliance costs. Therefore, our costs of complying with current and future environmental and health and safety laws, and our liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances or other materials may materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We rely on oil producers to obtain the appropriate permits to operate their wells and waterflood systems, and if they fail to obtain proper permits they could be subject to fines or penalties, and that could harm our business.
 
In the typical application of our AERO System to a reservoir, the well operator will be responsible for having all applicable permits for operating its wells and waterflood systems. If the well operator fails to have such permits, it could be subject to fines or penalties, which could, in turn, harm our business.
 
Climate change legislation and regulatory initiatives could result in increased operating costs and decreased demand for our products and services.
 
Changes in environmental requirements may negatively impact demand for our services. For example, oil exploration and production may decline as a result of environmental requirements (including land use policies responsive to environmental concerns). State, national, and international governments and agencies have been evaluating climate-related legislation and other regulatory initiatives that would restrict emissions of greenhouse gases in areas in which we conduct business. Because our business depends on the level of activity in the oil industry, existing or future laws, regulations, treaties or international agreements related to greenhouse gases and climate change, including incentives to conserve energy or use alternative energy sources, could have a negative impact on our business if such laws, regulations, treaties, or international agreements reduce the worldwide demand for oil. Likewise, such restrictions may result in additional compliance obligations with respect to the release, capture and use of greenhouse gases such as carbon dioxide that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The adoption of any future federal or state laws or implementing regulations imposing restrictions on hydraulic fracturing, if extended to oil recovery operations, could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, has recently focused on concerns about the risk of water contamination and public health problems from drilling and hydraulic fracturing activities. The EPA is conducting a comprehensive research study on the potential adverse effects that hydraulic fracturing may have on water quality and public health. While our technology is unrelated to hydraulic fracturing, it is possible that any federal, state and local laws and regulations that might be imposed on fracturing activities could also apply to oil recovery operations. We cannot predict the outcome of the EPA’s study or whether any new legislation or regulations would impact our business. Any such future laws and regulations could result in increased compliance costs or additional operating restrictions, which, in turn, could materially harm our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Risks Related to This Offering
 
Some of our stockholders could together exert control over us after completion of this offering.
 
As of March 31, 2012, our six largest stockholders, consisting of GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P. and its related funds, or GTI, KPCB Holdings, Inc., or KPCB, Oxford Bioscience Partners V L.P. and its related funds, or Oxford, Rawoz Technology Company Ltd., or Rawoz, Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd., or MLSCF, and ETV


24


Table of Contents

owned in the aggregate shares representing approximately 89.5% of our outstanding voting power. After the completion of this offering, these stockholders will own in the aggregate shares representing approximately     % of our outstanding voting power, or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. After completion of this offering, these stockholders, if they act together, would be able to significantly influence all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. The interests of this group of stockholders may not always coincide with the interests of other stockholders, and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders. Similarly, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company otherwise favored by our other stockholders. This concentration of ownership could therefore depress our stock price.
 
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely be adversely affected. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of, or recommendations regarding, our stock, cease providing research coverage on our stock or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the trading price of our stock could be adversely affected.
 
We have broad discretion in the use of net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.
 
We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds and may apply them in ways with which you and other investors in this offering may not agree. Our failure to apply these net proceeds effectively could affect our ability to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds.
 
The market price for our common stock may be highly volatile and you may be unable to sell all of your shares at or above the offering price.
 
The initial public offering price for our shares will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market after this offering. The market price of shares of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to the risks described in this section and others beyond our control, including:
 
  •  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;
 
  •  liquidity;
 
  •  sales of common stock by stockholders;
 
  •  actual or anticipated growth rate relative to our competitors;
 
  •  announcements of technological innovations by us or our competitors;
 
  •  successful implementation of our technology in new areas;
 
  •  announcements by us of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
 
  •  publication of research reports about us or the industry generally;


25


Table of Contents

 
  •  changes in applicable laws or regulations, court rulings and enforcement and legal actions;
 
  •  adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we incur in the future;
 
  •  additions or departures of key management or scientific personnel;
 
  •  competition from existing technologies or new technologies that may emerge;
 
  •  commencement of, or involvement in, litigation, including disputes or other developments related to proprietary rights, including patents and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technology;
 
  •  speculation in the press or investment community regarding our business;
 
  •  share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;
 
  •  general market and economic conditions; and
 
  •  domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.
 
Financial markets from time to time experience significant price and volume fluctuations that affect the market prices of equity securities of companies and that may, in many cases, be unrelated to the operating performance, underlying asset values or prospects of such companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively impact the trading price of our common stock. If the trading price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation, and we may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, possibly causing serious harm to our business.
 
No public market for our common stock currently exists and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active trading market may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you desire or at the price you desire. The inability to sell your shares in a declining market because of such illiquidity or at a price you desire may substantially increase your risk of loss. Furthermore, an inactive trading market may impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund our operations by selling shares and may also impair our ability to make acquisitions of other companies by using our shares as consideration.
 
Sales of outstanding shares of our common stock into the market in the future could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
 
If our existing stockholders sell or indicate an intention to sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline substantially. After this offering, approximately      million shares of our common stock will be outstanding if the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. Of these shares,      million shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market and the remaining outstanding shares are subject to 180-day contractual lock-up agreements with our underwriters. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC may, in its discretion, permit our directors, officers, employees and current stockholders who are subject to these contractual lock-ups to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. These lock-ups


26


Table of Contents

are subject to extension for up to an additional 34 days under some circumstances. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Lock-Up Agreements”.
 
After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire, up to an additional approximately      million shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, approximately      million of which are held by directors and executive officers and our other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. In addition, the approximately      million shares underlying options that are either subject to the terms of our equity compensation plans or reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans and warrants will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various option agreements, warrants and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. For additional information, see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale”.
 
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in your investment.
 
The offering price of the common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock, which on a pro forma basis was $      per share of common stock as of March 31, 2012. See “Dilution”. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value when you buy common stock in this offering. This means that you will pay a higher price per share than the amount of our total tangible assets, less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Holders of our common stock will experience further dilution if the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us pursuant to this offering is exercised, if options or other rights to purchase our common stock that are outstanding or that we may issue in the future are exercised or converted, or if we issue additional shares of our common stock at prices lower than our net tangible book value at such time.
 
Provisions in our organizational documents and in the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage or prevent takeover attempts that could be beneficial to our stockholders.
 
Certain provisions of our post-offering organizational documents and Delaware law could discourage potential acquisition proposals, delay or prevent a change in control of us or limit the price that investors may be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. For example, our post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering bylaws will:
 
  •  authorize the issuance of preferred stock that can be created and issued by our board of directors without prior stockholder approval, commonly referred to as “blank check” preferred stock, with rights senior to those of our common stock;
 
  •  limit the persons who can call special stockholder meetings;
 
  •  establish advance notice requirements to nominate persons for election to our board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings;
 
  •  not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors; and
 
  •  provide for the filling of vacancies on our board of directors by action of a majority of the directors and not by the stockholders.
 
These and other provisions in our organizational documents could allow our board of directors to affect your rights as a stockholder in a number of ways, including making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of the board of directors. Because our board of directors is responsible for approving the appointment of members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt to replace the current management team. These provisions could also limit the price that investors would be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.


27


Table of Contents

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law also imposes certain restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15% or more of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws”.
 
We do not plan to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, the only opportunity to achieve a return on an investment in our common stock is if the price of our common stock appreciates.
 
We do not plan to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. In addition, our loan agreement limits our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. The only opportunity to achieve a positive return on an investment in our common stock for the foreseeable future may be if the market price of our common stock appreciates.


28


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary”, “Risk Factors”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, and “Our Company”, contains forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use words such as “project”, “believe”, “anticipate”, “plan”, “expect”, “estimate”, “intend”, “should”, “would”, “could”, “potentially” or “may” or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include statements about:
 
  •  the increase in oil production rate and ultimate quantity of oil recovered using our AERO System;
 
  •  the percentage of the world’s reservoirs that are suitable for our AERO System;
 
  •  our ability to prove our technology and develop and maintain positive relationships with our customers and prospective customers;
 
  •  competition and competitive factors in the markets in which we operate;
 
  •  demand for our AERO System and our expectations regarding future projects;
 
  •  adaptability of our AERO System and our development of additional capabilities that will expand the types of oil fields to which we can apply our technology;
 
  •  our plans to acquire and develop additional temporarily abandoned and low-producing mature oil fields;
 
  •  the expected cost of recovering oil using our AERO System in our projects;
 
  •  our ability to compete with other enhanced oil recovery methods;
 
  •  our spending of the proceeds from this offering;
 
  •  our cash needs and expectations regarding cash flow from operations;
 
  •  our ability to manage and grow our business and execution of our business strategy;
 
  •  our financial performance;
 
  •  our estimates of oil reserves; and
 
  •  the costs associated with being a public company.
 
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. There are a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements. These important factors include those that we discuss in this prospectus under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere. You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.


29


Table of Contents

 
MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA
 
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, on assumptions that we have made that are based on that information and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our services. That information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe that information from third-party sources used in this prospectus is generally reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this information. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.
 
Statements made in this prospectus regarding our belief that “as much as 50% of the oil recovered in the United States has come from reservoirs suitable for our AERO System” are based on data obtained by Nehring Associates, Inc. from their proprietary database on September 28, 2011, or the Nehring Data, and our own limited field data from our AERO System projects. For an oil reservoir to be suitable for our AERO System, the reservoir must be waterflooded, must be composed of sandstone, must have a permeability range greater than 25 milli-darcies and must have a suitable water source. The Nehring Data indicates that, as of 2008, 68.9% of the oil recovered in the United States has come from sandstone reservoirs and 84.9% of that oil has come from sandstone reservoirs having a permeability range greater than 25 milli-darcies. In addition, injection water analysis of our first ten projects for AERO System compatibility resulted in only one project that did not support our AERO System without incurring additional material costs to obtain a suitable water source. Based on the Nehring Data’s sandstone and permeability analysis and our limited field data on water suitability, we calculate that as much as 50% (i.e., 68.9% multiplied by 84.9% multiplied by 90%) of the oil recovered in the United States has been recovered from oil reservoirs suitable for our AERO System.


30


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be approximately $      million (or approximately $      million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full), based on the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
We have no current specific plans for the use of the net proceeds from this offering. We intend to use a majority of the net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition, restoration and operation of additional temporarily abandoned and low-producing mature oil fields, including the implementation of our AERO System in these fields. We do not, however, have agreements or commitments for any specific property acquisitions at this time. We may also use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include capital expenditures associated with our AERO System and expenditures relating to further research and development efforts. We will have broad discretion in the way we use the net proceeds.
 
Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States government.
 
The primary purposes of this offering are to raise additional capital, create a public market for our common stock, allow us quicker access to the public markets should we need more capital in the future, increase our profile with existing and possible future customers, vendors and strategic partners and make our stock more attractive to our employees and potential employees for compensation purposes.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to finance the growth and development of our business. Accordingly, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with our loan agreement, which restricts our ability to pay dividends, and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.


31


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of March 31, 2012:
 
  •  on an actual basis; and
 
  •  on a pro forma basis after giving effect to (i) the conversion upon the closing of this offering of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock into an aggregate of 52,616,197 shares of our common stock (assuming the conversion of our series C preferred stock into shares of our common stock on a one-to-one basis upon the closing of this offering, which conversion ratio is subject to adjustment based on the initial public offering price of our common stock in this offering), subject to additional shares of our common stock being issuable (x) for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series A and series B preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 4% for our series A preferred stock and 8% for our series B preferred stock and (y) for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series C preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 8% through December 30, 2012, (ii) our filing of our post-offering certificate of incorporation, and (iii) the sale by us of           shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from that sale after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                 
    March 31, 2012  
    Actual     Pro Forma  
    (in thousands, except share data)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 18,452     $        
                 
Temporary Equity
               
Series A Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value; 521,852 and zero shares authorized actual and pro forma; 475,541 and zero shares issued and outstanding actual and pro forma stated at liquidation preference(1)
  $ 12,836     $  
Series B Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value; 2,901,052 and zero shares authorized actual and pro forma; 2,901,052 and zero shares issued and outstanding actual and pro forma stated at liquidation preference(2)
    23,035        
Series C Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value; 7,296,607 and zero shares authorized actual and pro forma; 7,296,607 and zero shares issued and outstanding actual and pro forma stated at liquidation preference(3)
    21,024        
                 
Total temporary equity
    56,895        
                 
Stockholders’ Equity
               
Common stock, $.0001 par value, 100,000,000 and 190,000,000 shares authorized actual and pro forma; 3,066,663 and           shares issued and outstanding actual and pro forma
    1          
Accumulated deficit
    (35,233 )        
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    (35,232 )        
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 21,663     $  
                 
 
 
(1) Between November 2006 and September 2008, we sold an aggregate of 47,554,100 shares of series A preferred stock at a price of $0.2208 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $10.5 million. On October 15, 2009, we effected a 100 to 1 reverse stock split on our series A preferred stock.


32


Table of Contents

 
(2) Between October 2009 and May 2011, we sold an aggregate of 2,901,052 shares of series B preferred stock at a price of $5.5216 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $16.0 million.
 
(3) On December 30, 2011, we sold an aggregate of 2,876,041 shares of our series C preferred stock for gross proceeds of approximately $7.9 million. On January 19, 2012, we sold an aggregate of 4,420,566 shares of our series C preferred stock for gross proceeds of approximately $12.1 million.
 
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.
 
This table excludes the following shares:
 
  •  4,608,226 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2012 with a weighted average exercise price of $0.42 per share;
 
  •  [          ] shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan;
 
  •  994,269 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2012 with a weighted average exercise price of 1.03 per share; and
 
  •  145,932 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant issued by us to a lender on June 11, 2012 with an exercise price of $2.741 per share in connection with the loan agreement that we entered into with that lender.
 
In connection with this offering, all of our outstanding preferred stock will be converted into common stock. The antidilution provisions that apply to our series C preferred stock adjust the conversion ratio in the event the initial public offering price is less than $[     ] per share. In this prospectus, we have assumed the conversion of our series C preferred stock into shares of our common stock on a one-to-one basis upon the closing of this offering.
 
If the initial public offering price is equal to or greater than $[     ] per share, each share of series C preferred stock would be converted into one share of common stock, subject to additional shares of our common stock being issuable for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series C preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 8% through December 30, 2012. If the initial public offering price is less than $[     ] per share, the conversion ratio of our series C preferred stock will adjust so that a greater number of shares of common stock are issued upon conversion. If the initial public offering price is less than $[     ] per share, each share of series C preferred stock will convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to (x) the per share purchase price for our series C preferred stock at issuance, divided by (y) 0.6 multiplied by our initial public offering price per share. For example, if the initial public offering price is $[     ] ([     ]% below $[     ]), an additional [          ] shares of our common stock will be issued upon conversion of our series C preferred stock.


33


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.
 
Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2012 was $20.5 million, or $6.68 per share of common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock into an aggregate of 52,616,197 shares of our common stock (assuming the conversion of our series C preferred stock into shares of our common stock on a one-to-one basis upon the closing of this offering, which conversion ratio is subject to adjustment based on the initial public offering price of our common stock in this offering), subject to additional shares of our common stock being issuable (x) for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series A and series B preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 4% for our series A preferred stock and 8% for our series B preferred stock and (y) for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series C preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 8% through December 30, 2012; and (ii) our issuance and sale of           shares of common stock in this offering, less the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2012 would have been $      million, or $      per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per share of $      to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $      per share to new investors. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by a new investor. The following table illustrates the per share dilution:
 
                 
Initial public offering price per share of common stock
          $        
Net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2012
  $                
Decrease per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock
               
                 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2012
               
Increase per share attributable to new investors
               
                 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
               
                 
Dilution per share to new investors
          $    
                 
 
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us in full in this offering, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $      per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $      per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $      per share.
 
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2012 by approximately $      million, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      per share and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $      per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
If additional shares of our common stock are issued in connection with the conversion of our series C preferred stock, see “Capitalization”, there will be increased dilution per share to new investors.


34


Table of Contents

 
The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2012, on the pro forma basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering assuming no additional shares of our common stock are issued in connection with the conversion of our series C preferred stock:
 
                                         
                Total
       
    Shares Purchased     Consideration     Average Price
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     per Share  
 
Existing stockholders
                %   $             %   $        
New investors
                                  $    
                                         
Total
            100 %   $         100 %        
                                         
 
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease total consideration paid to us by investors participating in this offering by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
As of March 31, 2012, there were options and warrants outstanding to purchase a total of 5,602,495 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.53 per share. The above discussion and table assumes no exercise of options and warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2012 or of any later issued options or warrants. If all of these options and warrants were exercised, our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and warrants, would own     % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.


35


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statements of operations, consolidated balance sheets and other data for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2008, which includes expense reclassifications for consistency with subsequent periods, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2007 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. Our selected consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 have been prepared on the same basis as our annual consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary in the opinion of management for the fair presentation of this data in all material respects. The following table should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.
 
                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2007(1)     2008     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                (as restated)           (as restated)        
                                  (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except per share data)              
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                                                       
Revenues
  $     $ 459     $ 858     $ 131     $ 1,565     $ 357     $ 482  
Expenses:
                                                       
Operations
    792       1,080       1,277       1,163       2,671       327       746  
Research and development
    1,382       1,188       1,021       1,546       1,529       342       347  
Selling, general and administrative
    1,559       1,531       827       1,679       2,861       576       758  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    211       378       390       442       576       125       165  
                                                         
Total expenses
    3,944       4,177       3,515       4,830       7,637       1,370       2,016  
                                                         
Loss from operations
    (3,944 )     (3,718 )     (2,657 )     (4,699 )     (6,072 )     (1,013 )     (1,534 )
Other income (expense), net,
    140       53       (2,611 )     921       1,524       3       10  
                                                         
Net loss before
    (3,804 )     (3,665 )     (5,268 )     (3,778 )     (4,548 )     (1,010 )     (1,524 )
Less unpaid dividends on Series A and B cumulative redeemable preferred stock
    (320 )     (440 )                              
Less accretion of redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock dividends
                (596 )     (2,556 )     (4,388 )     (955 )     (2,522 )
                                                         
Net loss applicable to common stockholders
  $ (4,124 )   $ (4,105 )   $ (5,864 )   $ (6,334 )   $ (8,936 )   $ (1,965 )   $ (4,046 )
                                                         
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted
  $ (1.47 )   $ (1.44 )   $ (2.05 )   $ (2.21 )   $ (3.05 )   $ (0.69 )   $ (1.33 )
                                                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
    2,797       2,844       2,863       2,866       2,932       2,866       3,042  
                                                         
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
                                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,528     $ 827     $ 6,236     $ 7,142     $ 8,846     $ 5,643     $ 18,452  
Total assets
    5,567       2,554       7,454       8,990       13,544       8,236       23,228  
Long-term debt, including current maturities
    421       1,077                                
Total stockholders’ equity
    4,771       1,111       (16,386 )     (22,677 )     (31,476 )     (24,628 )     (35,232 )
 
 
(1) Unaudited, except 2007 Consolidated Balance Sheet Data.


36


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
You should read the following discussion together with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of the factors we describe under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We work with oil producers to integrate our AERO System into existing production infrastructure to increase oil recovery. Our mission is to use biotechnology to efficiently recover large quantities of oil currently trapped in reservoirs using existing oil wells.
 
Conventional oil recovery technology is commonly understood to only extract a cumulative total of one-third of all discovered oil, leaving significant crude oil underground. We focus our proprietary AERO System on increasing the amount of oil that can be recovered by stimulating a waterflood reservoir’s naturally occurring microbes. Based on the results of our first commercial application of our AERO System, our technology extends the life and economic viability of mature oil fields.
 
Our Operations
 
Our AERO System is designed, tested and developed to be unique to a specific reservoir. Our AERO System is customized for our customers through the three step S3 process:
 
  •  Sample:  The identification and assessment of underground environments where the existing conditions are suitable for microbial life activation.
 
  •  Simulate:  The performance of laboratory and field tests to assess microbial activation and to identify customized nutrient formulations that will cause the microbes to grow.
 
  •  Stimulate:  The implementation of our AERO System by circulating nutrient formulations in the reservoir to target indigenous microbes and support their growth and allow the recovery of more oil.
 
Because we deploy our AERO System only within reservoirs with existing waterflood production and utilize the existing infrastructure of that waterflood, the capital costs of implementation are minimized.
 
Our business plan is to provide services primarily under master service agreements with our customers, with services for specific projects being provided through separate contracts under a master service agreement. Fees for the Sample and Simulate phases are generally quoted as a single fixed amount for services, while fees for the Stimulate phase are usually quoted as a fixed fee per month based upon the scope of the project. Our customers often view the initial Stimulate phase services as a field validation of laboratory results and accordingly the contracted initial stimulation period may be six to twelve months. After the initial field validation is complete, we expect to enter into a longer term contract with our customer for a fee that is higher than the initial Stimulate field validation phase to continue the use of our AERO System to the end of life of the field. Post-validation fees for the Stimulate phase are targeted to reflect the value we create for our customers based on our internal estimates of incremental production from our AERO System.
 
In April 2011, we initiated oil production from our Etzold field in Kansas, where we revitalized an oil field that had not been in production for several years. This project provides our scientists and engineers with a working oil field to demonstrate our AERO System technology and accelerate customer adoption. We plan to strategically acquire and develop additional temporarily abandoned and low-producing mature oil fields in geographies that we expect will improve our portfolio of demonstration projects and accelerate customer adoption of our technology. We record revenue from the sale of oil when delivery to the buyer has occurred. See “Our Company — Oil Reserves — Oil and Gas production, production prices and production costs.”
 
Based upon our preliminary screening of reservoirs best suited for our technology, we are initially focusing our marketing efforts in Texas, Kansas, Oklahoma, Louisiana and California, and in the Canadian


37


Table of Contents

province of Alberta. We have opened sales and field offices in Calgary, Alberta, Bakersfield, California, Liberal, Kansas and Hazlett, Saskatchewan, and have contracts for our services for oil fields in Kansas, Oklahoma, California and Alberta.
 
Operating expenses consist primarily of the cost of materials used in our nutrient formulations, including blending, transportation to the injection site, injection and warehousing. Cost of revenues also includes field personnel engaged in periodic visits to injection sites for repair and maintenance, well monitoring and sampling as indicated by production results.
 
Research and development expenses consist primarily of the compensation paid to scientists, engineers and research assistants working in our Houston, Texas laboratory, consulting fees for research assistance, third party laboratory testing and supplies and materials consumed in the research process.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of the compensation paid to administrative officers and employees and sales personnel, professional fees, travel, and direct office support expenses.
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization consists primarily of depreciation on our leasehold improvements, our laboratory equipment in Houston, the skid-mounted injection equipment used in our AERO System applications and depletion of intangible drilling costs and surface equipment at our Etzold field.
 
We have relatively few customers, we have not generated substantial revenues from operations, and our costs are largely fixed. As we continue to establish ourselves as a low cost technology service provider, we anticipate generating additional revenues with relatively modest increases in fixed costs, except for the increased costs of being a public company.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue, bad debts, long-lived assets, income taxes and stock-based compensation. These estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates, and the impact of such differences may be material to our consolidated financial statements.
 
Critical accounting policies are those policies that, in management’s view, are most important in the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations. The footnotes to our consolidated financial statements also include disclosure of significant accounting policies. The methods, estimates and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on the results that we report in our financial statements. These critical accounting policies require us to make difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates regarding matters that are inherently uncertain. Those critical accounting policies and estimates that require the most significant judgment are discussed below.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Revenue is recognized when all services are concluded, and there is evidence that the customer has accepted the services, which generally coincides with invoicing. For contracts which have multiple deliverable arrangements, including those contracts lacking objective and reliable evidence regarding the fair value of the undelivered items, revenue recognition is deferred in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605, Revenue Recognition: Multiple-element Arrangements.


38


Table of Contents

In this regard, our contracts have historically fallen into three categories and each category receives distinct application of revenue recognition based upon management’s assessment of its contractual elements:
 
  •  Contracts that are only for research-related services in the Sample and Simulate phases. Revenues for services delivered under such contracts are deferred until the conclusion of the service and acceptance by the customer, usually denoted by the presentation by us of a written report to the customer.
 
  •  Contracts that are only for field-related services in the Stimulate phase. Revenues are recognized ratably over the term of the field-related services.
 
  •  Contracts containing both research-related services and field-related services. Revenues are recognized for the research related services and the field-related services as described above, if the customer has the unilateral right to proceed to field-related services after completion of the research-related services. If the field-related services will be delivered under the contract terms without the customer’s unilateral right to proceed, revenue for the research-related services are deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the field-related services.
 
Oil and Gas Activities
 
Successful Efforts Method.  We use the successful efforts method of accounting for oil producing activities. Costs to acquire mineral interests in oil and gas properties, to drill and equip exploratory wells that find proved reserves, and to drill and equip development wells are capitalized.
 
Revenue Recognition.  We follow the “sales” method of accounting for crude oil revenue. Under this method, we recognize revenue on production as it is taken and delivered to its purchasers.
 
Depletion.  The estimates of crude oil reserves utilized in the calculation of depletion are estimated in accordance with guidelines established by the Society of Petroleum Engineers, the SEC and the Financial Accounting Standards Board, which require that reserve estimates be prepared under existing economic and operating conditions with no provision for price and cost escalations except by contractual arrangements. We emphasize that reserve estimates are inherently imprecise. Accordingly, the estimates are expected to change as more current information becomes available. Our policy is to amortize capitalized costs on the unit of production method, based upon these reserve estimates.
 
We assess our proved properties for possible impairment on an annual basis as a minimum, or as circumstances warrant, based on geological trend analysis, changes in proved reserves or relinquishment of acreage. When impairment occurs, the adjustment is recorded to accumulated depletion.
 
Asset Retirement Obligation.  In October 2010, we acquired the Etzold field in exchange for nominal consideration, our agreement to indemnify the seller for certain environmental matters and the assumption of liabilities relating to the leasehold interest, including the asset retirement obligation (plugging and abandonment) for the existing wells on the leasehold. We account for our asset retirement obligation, or ARO, in accordance with ASC 410, Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations. The fair value of a liability for an ARO is required to be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made, and the associated retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset. We determine our ARO by calculating the present value of the estimated cash flows related to the liability based upon estimates derived from management and external consultants familiar with the requirements of the retirement and our ARO is reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a noncurrent liability. We have not funded nor dedicated any assets to this retirement obligation. The liability is periodically adjusted to reflect (1) new liabilities incurred; (2) liabilities settled during the period; (3) accretion expense; and (4) revisions to estimated future plugging and abandonment costs.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining estimated useful lives of the associated assets, and repairs and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise


39


Table of Contents

disposed, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the respective period.
 
Depreciation and amortization for long lived assets are recognized over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets by the straight line method.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Prior to the adoption of our 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan, we had one stock-based compensation plan, the Glori Oil Limited Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or the 2006 Plan. All equity instruments granted under the 2006 Plan are settled in stock. Since the adoption of our 2006 Plan, we have recorded all share based payment expenses in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation- Stock Compensation. The following table summarizes the stock options granted in 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 with their exercise prices and the fair value of the underlying common stock per share. No stock options have been granted after February 10, 2012.
 
                         
        Exercise
  Fair Value
    Number of
  Price
  per Underlying
Date of Issuance   Options   per Share   Share
 
October 15, 2009
    1,709,604     $ 0.078     $ 0.078  
January 1, 2010
    45,537       0.078       0.078  
January 4, 2010
    36,056       0.078       0.078  
February 3, 2010
    22,796       0.078       0.078  
April 1, 2010
    383,105       0.078       0.078  
September 1, 2010
    22,711       0.078       0.078  
September 22, 2010
    450,712       0.078       0.078  
October 15, 2010
    1,258,600       0.078       0.078  
December 26, 2011
    967,003       1.15       1.15  
January 3, 2012
    101,478       1.15       1.15  
February 10, 2012 
    311,500       1.15       1.15  
 
In the absence of a public market for our common stock, prior to 2009, the fair value of our common stock underlying stock options has historically been determined by our board of directors based upon pre-money valuations of equity offerings. In connection with making these determinations in 2009 and 2010, we engaged a third-party valuation advisor to provide a valuation of our stock as of October 15, 2009, coincident with the conclusion of our series B preferred stock transaction. Our board of directors considered the October 15, 2009 valuation in making its fair value determination as of October 15, 2009. Our board of directors continued to utilize the October 15, 2009 common stock valuation to establish the exercise price for the stock options granted throughout 2010, as it was the most recent valuation of our common stock, and our board of directors determined that no material developments had occurred in our business to change that valuation materially.
 
In 2011, our board of directors determined that there have been material developments in our business and, accordingly, engaged the same third-party valuation advisor that provided the 2009 valuation to provide a valuation of our common stock as of October 31, 2011. Our board of directors considered the October 31, 2011 valuation in making its fair value determination as of October 31, 2011. Our board of directors continued to utilize the October 31, 2011 common stock valuation to establish the exercise price for the stock options granted from December 26, 2011 through February 10, 2012, as it was the most recent valuation of our common stock, and our board of directors determined that no material developments had occurred in our business to change that valuation materially.
 
We recognize expense for stock-based compensation using the calculated fair value of options on the grant date of the awards. We did not issue fractional shares nor pay cash in lieu of fractional shares and currently do not have any awards accounted for as a liability.


40


Table of Contents

Our policy is to recognize compensation expense for service-based awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Stock-based compensation expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest.
 
The fair value of each option award was estimated on the grant date using a Black-Scholes option valuation model, which uses certain assumptions as of the date of grant:
 
  •  Risk-free interest rate — risk-free rate, for periods within the contractual terms of the options, is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant
 
  •  Expected volatility — based on peer group price volatility for periods equivalent to the expected term of the options
 
  •  Expected dividend yield — expected dividends based on our expected dividend rate at the date of grant
 
  •  Expected life (in years) — expected life adjusted based on management’s best estimate for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restriction and behavioral considerations
 
  •  Expected forfeiture rate — expected forfeiture rate based on historical and expected employee turnover
 
We have computed the fair value of all options granted during the years ended December 2009, 2010 and 2011, using the following assumptions:
 
                         
    2009   2010   2011
 
Risk-free interest rate
    1.5 %     1.5 %     0.4 %
Expected volatility
    80.0 %     80.0 %     75.0 %
Expected dividend yield
                 
Expected life (in years)
    3.21       3.21       3.45  
Expected forfeiture rate
                 
 
Taxes
 
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method wherein deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and to net operating loss carry forwards, measured by enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid, recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
 
We follow ASC 740, Income Taxes (ASC 740), which creates a single model to address accounting for the uncertainty in income tax positions and prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a tax position must meet before recognition in the consolidated financial statements. We do not have a tax position meeting the criteria of ASC 740.
 
Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations. In general, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income. We believe that our issuance of series B preferred stock on October 15, 2009 resulted in a Section 382 ownership change limitation. We estimate that approximately $5.4 million of our $22.5 million NOLs at March 31, 2012 will expire unused due to Section 382 ownership change limitations. In addition, if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this public offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be limited further by Section 382. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations.


41


Table of Contents

New Accounting Pronouncements
 
See our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for details regarding our implementation and assessment of new accounting standards. Our management has assessed other accounting standards not adopted and determined that, at this time, there will be no material impact to us from these other accounting standards.
 
New and Revised Financial Accounting Standards
 
Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” like us can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We are electing to delay such adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not adopt the new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of other public companies. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth selected financial data for the periods indicated:
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Month Ended March 31,  
    2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
    (As Restated)           (As Restated)        
    (In thousands)     (Unaudited)  
 
Revenue
  $ 858     $ 131     $ 1,565     $ 357     $ 482  
Operating expenses
                                       
Operations
    1,277       1,163       2,671       327       746  
Research and development
    1,021       1,546       1,529       342       347  
Selling, general and administrative
    827       1,679       2,861       576       758  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    390       442       576       125       165  
                                         
Total operating expenses
    3,515       4,830       7,637       1,370       2,016  
                                         
Loss from operations
    (2,657 )     (4,699 )     (6,072 )     (1,013 )     (1,534 )
Total other income (expense), net
    (2,611 )     921       1,524       3       10  
                                         
Net loss
  $ (5,268 )   $ (3,778 )   $ (4,548 )   $ (1,010 )   $ (1,524 )
                                         
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011
 
Revenue.  Revenue increased by $125,000, or 35.0%, to $482,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $357,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to revenues from the sale of oil from our Etzold field of $119,000.
 
Operations.  Operations expenses increased by $419,000, or 128.1%, to $746,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $327,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase in operations expenses was primarily attributable to new areas of operations: production operations in our Etzold field of $291,000, service operations in Canada and California of $47,000 and $27,000, respectively, and travel related to these new operations of $30,000.
 
Research and development.  Research and development expenses increased $5,000, or 1.5%, to $347,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $342,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The


42


Table of Contents

increase was primarily due to increased field trials of $27,000 and legal expenses related to intellectual property of $34,000, reduced by $45,000 for the termination of operations in Argentina in the first quarter of 2011.
 
Selling, general and administrative.  Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $182,000, or 31.6%, to $758,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $576,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to compensation related expenses of additional personnel of $139,000, an increase in legal expenses of $50,000 and an increase in promotional expenses of $36,000, offset by a decrease in recruiting expenses of $40,000.
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization.  Depreciation, depletion and amortization increased by $40,000, or 32.0%, to $165,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $125,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to depletion and accretion of the asset retirement obligation related to our Etzold field of $16,000 and deprecation on more operating assets in service.
 
Other income (expense) net.  Other income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of interest income of $3,000 for both periods, and a $7,000 gain on the change in fair value of derivative liabilities for the three months ended March 31, 2012.
 
Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
 
Revenue.  Revenue increased by $1.4 million to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $131,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in revenue was primarily attributable to revenue from the sale of oil of $280,000, the recognition of revenue from a pilot project commenced in 2010 of $670,000 and AERO System services provided to a new customer of $357,000.
 
Operations.  Operations expenses increased by $1.5 million, or 129.7%, to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in operations expenses was primarily attributable to an increase in lease operating expenses for oil production of $418,000, an increase in operating expenses attributable to new AERO System projects in Canada and in California of $502,000 and increases in personnel, materials and travel expenses totaling $687,000 associated with higher service revenues.
 
Research and development.  Research and development expenses were essentially unchanged, generally remaining at $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Increases in compensation of $160,000 and field trials of $101,000 were offset by decreases from the discontinuance of operations in Argentina of $183,000, reduced fees to third parties of $33,000 and reduced recruiting expense of $15,000.
 
Selling, general and administrative.  Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.2 million, or 70.4%, to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was attributable to a full year of marketing efforts in Canada of $83,000, increased promotional efforts of $228,000, increased professional fees of $222,000, increased recruiting fees of $130,000, and increased compensation related expenses of $580,000.
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization.  Depreciation, depletion and amortization increased by $134,000, or 30.3%, to $576,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $442,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was attributable to an increase in depreciation, depletion and amortization expense from our oil production of $32,000 and having more assets deployed in the delivery of stimulation services.
 
Other income (expense), as restated.  Other income increased by $603,000, or 65%, to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $921,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 as a result of the gain in fair value of the derivative liabilities of $1.6 million in 2011 compared to $920,000 in 2010.
 
Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
 
Revenue.  Revenue decreased by $727,000, or 84.7%, to $131,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $858,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in revenue was primarily attributable to the conclusion of a laboratory research project and the conclusion of a field project performed in Wyoming


43


Table of Contents

which contributed $238,000 and $395,000, respectively, to revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our pilot project that started in May 2010 did not start generating material revenue until 2011.
 
Operations.  Operations expenses decreased by $114,000, or 8.9%, to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily the result of decreased material costs totaling $72,000 attributable to the substantial reduction in services provided to customers and decreased recruiting expenses of $19,000.
 
Research and development.  Research and development expenses increased by $525,000, or 51.4%, to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to the significant addition of research scientists to support our technical development in the amount of $288,000 and the related consumption of materials, supplies and supporting expenses used in the research process totalling $229,000.
 
Selling, general and administrative.  Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $852,000, or 103.0%, to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $827,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to additional salary expense of $130,000, increased bonus compensation expense of $41,000, increased travel expense of $151,000, expenses related to the hiring of two full time sales personnel during the year of $296,000 and increased marketing expenses, including opening a sales office in Alberta for $43,000.
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization.  Depreciation, depletion and amortization increased by $52,000, or 13.3%, to $442,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $390,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the addition of property and equipment including the purchase of the Etzold field in October 2010.
 
Other income (expense), as restated.  Other income (expense) increased $3.5 million to an income of $921,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 from an expense of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as a result of the gain in fair value of the derivative liabilities of $920,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the loss on the fair value of derivative liabilities of $2.5 million recognized in the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our primary sources of liquidity and capital since our formation have been proceeds from equity issuances. To date, our primary use of capital has been to fund our research and development activities and our operations. Through March 31, 2012, we raised approximately $45.6 million of net proceeds through private offerings of our common and preferred stock. On December 30, 2011 and January 19, 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 7,296,607 shares of series C preferred stock for aggregate consideration of approximately $20 million. On June 11, 2012, we entered into the loan agreement with a lender that provides for a total lending commitment of $8 million. We have borrowed $4 million under the loan agreement.
 
At March 31, 2012, we had working capital of $17.3 million, including cash and cash equivalents of $18.5 million, accounts receivable of $81,000 and other current assets of $167,000, offset by $402,000 in accounts payable, $779,000 in deferred revenue, $220,000 in accrued expenses and $5,000 in derivative liabilities.
 
At December 31, 2011, we had working capital of $7.0 million, including cash and cash equivalents of $8.8 million, accounts receivable of $372,000 and other current assets of $104,000, offset by $1.1 million in accounts payable, $633,000 in deferred revenue, $503,000 in accrued expenses and $12,000 in derivative liabilities.
 
At December 31, 2010, we had working capital of $5.2 million, including cash and cash equivalents of $7.1 million, accounts receivable of $164,000 and other current assets of $187,000, offset by $395,000 in accounts payable, $125,000 in deferred revenue, $131,000 in accrued expenses and $1.6 million in derivative liability.


44


Table of Contents

 
Since 2008 through the first quarter of 2012, we have spent $3.3 million on capital expenditures, principally to revitalize our Etzold field, for field and laboratory equipment and to construct our AERO System deployment modules and related equipment.
 
During the twelve months after completion of this offering, we expect our principal sources of liquidity to be the net proceeds from this offering, revenues from operating activities and borrowings under our loan agreement. In forecasting our cash flows we have considered factors including the expenses of maintaining a publicly traded corporation, the increased personnel required to implement our business strategy and the capital expenditures required for the acquisition of oil properties to accelerate the adoption of our technical services. As of March 31, 2012, we did not have any commitments for the acquisition of oil properties or any other significant capital commitments.
 
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 we expended $2.4 million and $244,000, respectively, on capital expenditures, primarily to redevelop our Etzold field and construct and transport equipment used with our AERO System process. Our capital expenditures were funded from available working capital and private equity issuances. We expect that the net proceeds from this offering, cash flows from operations and borrowings under our loan agreement will fully fund our capital expenditure requirements and working capital needs for at least the next twelve months.
 
Although we believe that we will have sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet our operating requirements and expansion plans for the next twelve months, we may want to pursue additional expansion opportunities which could require additional financing, either debt or equity. If we are unable to secure additional financing at favorable terms in order to pursue such additional expansion opportunities, our ability to maintain our desired level of revenue growth could be materially adversely affected.
 
The following table sets forth the major sources and uses of cash for the periods presented:
 
                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,        
    2009   2010   2011   2011   2012        
    (As Restated)       (As Restated)            
                (Unaudited)        
    (In thousands)        
 
Net cash provided by (used in)
                                                       
Operating activities
  $ (2,033 )   $ (4,263 )   $ (3,888 )   $ (545 )   $ (1,770 )                
Investing activities
    (49 )     (615 )     (2,423 )     (954 )     (244 )                
Financing activities
    7,491       5,784       8,015             11,620                  
 
Operating Activities
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2012, our operating activities used $1.8 million in cash. Our net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was $1.5 million. Non-cash expenses totaled $220,000, consisting of $165,000 of depreciation, depletion and amortization and $62,000 for stock based compensation expense, which was offset partially by a $7,000 gain on derivative liabilities. Prepaid expenses increased by $63,000, accounts payable decreased by $727,000 and accrued expenses decreased by $113,000, while accounts receivable decreased by $291,000 and deferred revenue increased by $146,000. The increase in prepaid expenses was attributable to a commitment fee of $35,000 attributable to our loan agreement and payment of certain annual insurance premiums. The decrease in accounts payable resulted from the payment of invoices attributable to significant purchasing activity late in 2011, the payment of invoices for professional fees associated with deferred offering costs and the exercise of a warrant to settle a liability in the amount of $170,000. The decrease in accounts receivable resulted from the collection of year-end invoices without significant additional billings, and the increase in deferred revenue resulted from the commencement of new projects for which revenue could not yet be recognized.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2011, our operating activities used $3.9 million in cash. Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $4.5 million. Non-cash items totaled to a non-cash gain of $900,000


45


Table of Contents

consisting of a gain on derivative liabilities of $1.6 million offset partially by $576,000 for depreciation, depletion and amortization, $105,000 for stock-based compensation expense and $34,000 loss on disposition of equipment. Accounts payable increased by $734,000, deferred revenue increased by $508,000, accrued expenses increased by $443,000, inventory decreased by $20,000, accounts receivable increased by $208,000 and prepaid expenses decreased by $63,000. The increase in deferred revenue relates to additional contracts, with the revenue for some contracts being deferred because they contained multiple deliverable elements. The increase in the accounts payable and accrued expenses resulted from the deferred offering costs.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, our operating activities used $4.3 million in cash. Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $3.8 million. Non-cash items totaled to a non-cash gain of $433,000, consisting of $442,000 of depreciation and amortization and $45,000 for stock-based compensation expense and loss on the disposal of assets. The non-cash expenses were offset by a gain on derivative liability of $920,000. Accounts receivable increased $140,000, accrued expenses decreased $109,000 and prepaid expenses increased $86,000, offset in part by an increase in accounts payables of $140,000, an increase in deferred revenue of $125,000 and a decrease in inventory of $18,000. The increase in accounts receivable resulted from the reimbursement of certain research costs not collected until after year end, while the increase in prepaid expenses is related to increased prepaid insurance premiums and deposits on laboratory equipment. The increase in accounts payable was due to obligations incurred in the evaluation of the Etzold property that were settled after year end, and the increase in deferred revenue is related to a prepayment on a research contract that was not completed until after year end.
 
Our cash flow from operations is subject to many variables, the most significant of which is the adoption rate of our technology and the demand for our services, which can also be impacted by the level of oil prices and the capital expenditure budgets of our customers and potential customers. Our future cash flow from operations will depend on our ability to increase our contracted services through our sales and marketing efforts.
 
Investing Activities
 
Our capital expenditures were $244,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to $954,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Capital expenditures for the three months ended March 31, 2012 consisted primarily of construction of skid mounted injection equipment used in our AERO System process of $94,000 and laboratory equipment of $76,000. Capital expenditures for the three months ended March 31, 2011 consisted primarily of expenditures in redeveloping our Etzold field of $640,000 and construction of skid mounted injection equipment used in our AERO System process of $293,000.
 
Our capital expenditures were $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $615,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010. Capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2011 consisted primarily of expenditures in connection with redeveloping our Etzold field for $1.4 million and the construction of skid-mounted injection equipment used in our AERO System process totalling $859,000.
 
Capital expenditures were $615,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $49,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009, consisting primarily of equipment and expenditures related to the Etzold field.
 
Financing Activities
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2012, cash provided by financing activities was $11.6 million, primarily due to the net proceeds of $11.6 million from our sale of 4,420,566 shares of our series C preferred stock on January 19, 2012.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2011, cash provided by financing activities was $8.0 million, primarily due to the sale to ETV of a $1.5 million convertible promissory note, or the ETV Note, and the net proceeds of $1.4 million from our sale of series B preferred stock to ETV. The ETV Note was a convertible promissory note maturing in November 2012, subject to extension and bearing interest at 8%. On December 30, 2011, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,876,041 shares of series C preferred stock for net proceeds of $7.5 million. At the closing of the December 30, 2011 sale of our series C preferred stock and in payment of the ETV Note, the ETV Note was converted into 572,793 shares of series C preferred stock in


46


Table of Contents

accordance with the terms of the ETV Note by taking the principal outstanding under the ETV Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest through December 30, 2011, and dividing this amount by the series C purchase price per share. Also in 2011, there was a $1.0 million cash outflow in deferred offering costs.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, cash provided by financing activities was $5.8 million resulting from the net proceeds from our sale of series B preferred stock.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, cash provided by financing activities was $7.5 million, primarily due to net proceeds of approximately $8.6 million from our initial sale of series B preferred stock, offset in part by the repayment of $1.1 million, net, under our secured long-term debt arrangement.
 
Term Loan
 
On June 11, 2012, we entered into the loan agreement with a lender for a total commitment of $8 million of which $4 million was borrowed at closing. We may request additional term loan advances in an aggregate amount up to an additional $4 million through August 31, 2012. The loan agreement provides for interest only payments until April 2013, followed by monthly principal payments until the final maturity date in June 2015. Amounts outstanding under the loan agreement bear interest at a rate of the greater of 10% or the sum of 10%, plus the prime rate minus 3.25%. The loan agreement imposes certain restrictions, including on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, make certain investments and to declare or pay dividends. The loan agreement also restricts our ability to merge with other entities or to sell or otherwise dispose of our assets, including our oil properties. The loan agreement is secured by substantially all of our assets, except for our intellectual property. After the completion of this offering, any new oil properties that we acquire will not be considered collateral under the loan agreement so long as we maintain an unrestricted cash balance in excess of $16 million. In connection with the loan agreement, we also issued a warrant to the lender to purchase 145,932 shares of series C preferred stock, which, upon the closing of this offering, will be exercisable for 145,932 shares of our common stock (assuming the conversion of our series C preferred stock into shares of our common stock on a one-to-one basis upon the closing of this offering, which conversion ratio is subject to adjustment based on the initial public offering price of our common stock in this offering).
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, except for operating lease obligations presented in the table below.
 
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
 
At December 31, 2011, we had contractual obligations and commercial commitments as follows (in thousands):
 
                                         
    Payments Due By Period  
          Less Than 1
                More Than
 
Contractual Obligations   Total     Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     5 Years  
 
Operating Lease Obligations(1)
  $ 307     $ 127     $ 180     $     $  
Asset Retirement Obligation(2)
    156                         156  
                                         
Total
  $ 463     $ 127     $ 180     $     $ 156  
                                         
 
 
(1) Our commitments for operating leases relate to the lease of our office and warehouse facilities in Houston, Texas, Calgary, Alberta, Bakersfield, California and Hazlett, Saskatchewan.
 
(2) Relates to the Etzold field, net of accretion.
 
On June 11, 2012, we entered into the loan agreement that provides for a total lending commitment of $8 million. We have borrowed $4 million under the loan agreement.


47


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Interest rate risk
 
We had unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaling approximately $6.2 million, $7.1 million, $8.8 million and $18.4 million at December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010, December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, respectively. These amounts were invested primarily in demand deposit savings accounts and are held for working capital purposes. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital for the purpose of funding our operations.
 
Foreign currency risk
 
Historically, substantially all of our contracts have been denominated in United States dollars, though management anticipates that certain foreign markets will present opportunities in the future resulting in foreign currency denominated contracts. Should this occur, we will be subject to a variety of risks, including foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations relating to foreign operations and certain purchases from foreign vendors. In the normal course of business, we shall assess these risks and have established policies and procedures to manage our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency values.


48


Table of Contents

 
OUR COMPANY
 
Our Company
 
We are a clean-technology energy company that uses biotechnology designed to release potentially large quantities of oil that remain trapped in oil reservoirs after implementation of conventional oilfield technologies. We deploy our technology to increase oil recovery for oil company customers and for our own oil fields that we acquire and redevelop.
 
Only about one-third of the oil discovered in a typical reservoir is recoverable using conventional oil production technology, leaving the remaining two-thirds trapped in the reservoir rock. Our AERO System technology stimulates the native microorganisms that reside in the reservoir to improve the recoverability of this trapped oil. Our AERO System incorporates a dedicated field deployment unit designed to work with the customer’s existing waterflood operations. Waterflooding is a commonly used process of injecting water into the reservoir in order to increase oil recovery. Our AERO System does not have any significant new impact on the environment because it utilizes existing production equipment and infrastructure and does not introduce environmental risks into the reservoir. We believe that traditional enhanced oil recovery techniques, consisting of the injection of gas, steam or chemicals into the reservoir, introduce new environmental risks and are more expensive. Implementation of our AERO System does not change the nature of the customer’s oil production operations and does not require the drilling of new wells nor does it require other significant new capital investment.
 
Our AERO System economically increases the oil production rate and the ultimate quantity of oil recovered over the life of the oil field, and extends the life of the field by integrating sophisticated biotechnology with traditional oil production techniques. Results from the first commercial and longest running field deployment of our AERO System, as reported in a Society of Petroleum Engineers paper we published with Merit Energy Company and Statoil Petroleum AS, or Statoil, in July 2011, derived from one oil producing well indicate that our AERO System may recover up to 20% of the oil that would otherwise be left behind at the end of the economic life of the well. This project also demonstrates a 60% to 100% improvement in total production rate, and we estimate that our cost for this project, excluding minimum upfront capital costs, will be approximately $5 per incremental barrel of oil. We expect that the costs for future full scale commercial implementations of our technology would not be higher than $5 per barrel, particularly if the size of the project is larger than our first AERO System commercial field deployment.
 
We have performed extensive laboratory and field testing to validate, integrate and advance technology transferred from three different scientific groups that collectively represents decades of funded research and development. Our technology is protected by several patents and patent applications. We and our technology partners, Statoil, TERI and Biotopics, have applied our predecessor technologies and the AERO System in more than 100 wells throughout the world. For more information about our technology partners, see “Our Company — Technology — Research and Development”. We estimate that these predecessor technology implementations have recovered over 6 million barrels of oil that would not have otherwise been recovered. We have developed our AERO System technology based upon a philosophy of continual improvement and research and development both internally and with the assistance of our technology partners and their prior research and development. Our AERO System is an advancement of those predecessor technologies.
 
We estimate that the first commercial application of our AERO System, starting in May 2010, had produced more than 26,000 incremental barrels of oil by May 2011; and it continues to yield positive results. We currently have commercial projects with 11 international and domestic E&P companies and anticipate continuing to demonstrate results with AERO System technology and expanding our customer base as well as utilizing AERO System technology on our own oil fields.
 
We were incorporated as Glori Oil Limited, a Delaware corporation, in November 2005 and changed our name to Glori Energy Inc. in May 2011. We have successfully concluded a series of venture capital and private equity offerings through January 2012 totaling approximately $46 million. Our principal stockholders include the following stockholders and some of their affiliates: GTI Group, Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, Oxford Bioscience Partners, Rawoz Technology Company Ltd., Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd. and Energy Technology Ventures, LLC, which is a joint venture of General Electric, ConocoPhillips and NRG Energy.


49


Table of Contents

 
Our Business Strategy
 
Our mission is to use biotechnology applied through existing oil wells to efficiently recover large quantities of oil currently trapped in reservoirs. We derive revenue from fees earned as a service provider of our AERO System technology to E&P companies, and we also intend to use our AERO System technology to increase oil production in oil fields that we acquire. To build this business we intend to:
 
  •  Expand our customer base:  As of June 15, 2012, we had 11 customer projects, three of which are in the field implementation stage, which is the Stimulate step of S3. We expect to add a growing number of projects that are currently in various stages of evaluation. As we continue to develop our customer base, we expect our revenue opportunities to grow significantly.
 
  •  Pursue acquisitions and redevelopment of oil fields with additional revenue potential through deployment of our AERO System:  In October 2010, we acquired the Etzold field to demonstrate the application of our AERO System and accelerate adoption of our technology. We plan to strategically acquire and redevelop additional temporarily abandoned and low-producing mature oil fields with historically long-lived, predictable production profiles so that we can demonstrate the efficacy of our AERO System. We also anticipate deriving revenue from the sale of oil from these oil fields as they are redeveloped by us and as we deploy our AERO System in these fields. Once our AERO System is more widely accepted, we anticipate deemphasizing the strategy of acquiring and operating our own oil fields.
 
  •  Accelerate execution by leveraging additional strategic partnerships:  Commercialization of our technology could be further accelerated and expanded through additional strategic partnerships. We currently have collaboration arrangements with Statoil, TERI and Winogradsky. We are currently exploring collaboration opportunities with a number of major oil companies and other potential partners.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
  •  Disruptive and proven technology:  We believe that our AERO System is a transformative and disruptive innovation that manipulates the existing reservoir microbial communities to improve the recovery of oil in waterflood oil fields. Our technology has broad applicability. We believe our AERO System can be utilized in more oil fields compared to that of traditional enhanced oil recovery technologies, which consist of thermal injection, gas injection and chemical injection. Traditional enhanced oil recovery technologies are generally cost effective only in larger oil reservoirs and large scale operations and are generally impractical for offshore platforms due to the constraints of logistics and platform space. For an oil reservoir to be a candidate for our current AERO System, the reservoir must be subject to waterflooding as a secondary oil recovery mechanism, must be composed of sandstone, must have permeability greater than 25 milli-darcies and must have a suitable water source. We believe that as much as 50% of the oil recovered in the United States has come from reservoirs appropriate for our AERO System. Although we do not have any studies of the global characteristics of reservoirs, based on our industry knowledge, we believe that a comparable percentage of reservoirs outside the United States will be suitable for our AERO System. We have not only demonstrated the commercial efficacy of our technology but have passed the significant milestone of one million incremental gallons of oil produced via our AERO System. As of June 15, 2012, we had 11 customer projects at various stages in our AERO System’s implementation process.
 
  •  Established commercial projects:  Our customers include international oil companies and independent oil and gas companies in North America. As of May 31, 2012, we had active projects with Husky Oil Operations Limited, Merit Energy Company, Cenovus Energy Inc., Plains Exploration and Production Company, Riyam Engineering & Services LLC (for provision of services to Petroleum Development Oman L.L.C.), T-C Oil Company, Denbury Resources Inc., ConocoPhillips Company, Enerplus Partnership, Petróleo Brasileiro S.A. and an ongoing laboratory research and development project with Shell International Exploration and Production, Inc.


50


Table of Contents

 
  •  The ability to economically acquire and exploit temporarily abandoned and low-producing mature oil fields:  By leveraging our AERO System technology, we can increase production rates and economic life of fields that other participants in the oil industry have abandoned or neglected. Our first oil field acquisition was the Etzold field. Etzold is an oil field that had once been deemed uneconomic and was subsequently abandoned. As of December 31, 2011, the estimated proved oil reserves in our Etzold field were 160 mbbls. Based on production data from the primary well at our Etzold field, after the implementation of our AERO System, the daily production rate from the impacted well increased by [     ]% from the average measured for the three months prior to AERO System implementation.
 
  •  Profitable stand-alone economics:  Our first commercial application of our AERO System is profitable on a project-level basis. We estimate that our cost per barrel, excluding minimal upfront capital costs, over the life of our first commercial application, will be approximately $5 per incremental barrel of oil. Successful commercialization of our AERO System does not depend on the availability of government subsidies or mandates.
 
  •  Capital-light technology:  Implementing our AERO System does not require a substantial capital investment. Our AERO System is applied to a reservoir by utilizing our field deployment module, which requires relatively minor capital investments, alongside our customer’s existing wells. We believe our technology has the potential to create a continuing source of additional economic oil production that will extend the lives of oil fields and related infrastructure for many years.
 
  •  Clean alternative to traditional enhanced oil recovery:  Our AERO System increases the oil recoverable from an existing field using infrastructure already built and in place. No new wells are drilled, no new pipelines are laid, no new significant energy input is required, and there is no new disruption to the environment. Furthermore, because the activity is biological and occurs in the reservoir, there is minimal consequent carbon dioxide or other greenhouse gas footprint. Once the application of our AERO System ends, the microbes in the reservoir are no longer supplied with nutrients, and the reservoir will return to its pre-treatment status. By comparison, we believe that traditional enhanced oil recovery techniques require significant energy input, for example in the case of thermal injection, or significant additional infrastructure, for example in the case of gas injection. In addition, we believe that traditional enhanced oil recovery techniques, in particular gas injection and chemical injection techniques, introduce new environmental impacts, which result in a sizable carbon dioxide or other greenhouse gas footprint or the addition of a large quantity of chemicals or polymers into the reservoir.
 
  •  Strong intellectual property position:  Our intellectual property, consisting of substantial know-how and trade secrets, is the result of decades of research and development by us, Statoil, TERI and Biotopics. We also have multiple patents and patent applications. We believe our intellectual property and decades of research creates a strong barrier to entry.
 
  •  Experienced management and technical team:  Our management and technical team’s expertise includes microbiology, chemistry and biochemistry, microbial genomics, engineering, geosciences and traditional E&P, and in their respective careers our team members played key roles in the commercialization of dozens of successful large-scale industrial biotechnology and traditional oilfield acquisition and development projects.
 
Our Market Opportunity
 
Our market consists of domestic and international oil production waterflood sites. According to a 2011 report from the EIA, demand for oil globally is projected to grow from 85.7 million barrels per day in 2008 to 112.2 million barrels per day in 2035. As oil trades on a global market, the price of oil is not significantly sensitive to local demand and supply fluctuations. Global demand for oil is forecasted to grow, and there is an increasing gap between new discoveries and production. The world’s oil reserves are decreasing as it is becoming harder and more expensive to find new oil reservoirs. As a result, enhanced oil recovery technology to improve oil production is increasingly important to offset declining reserves.


51


Table of Contents

 
According to a 2008 Shell Technology publication entitled Enhanced Oil Recovery, 4% of global production (approximately 3 million barrels per day) in 2008 came from traditional enhanced oil recovery techniques of thermal injection, gas injection and chemical injection. According to that same publication, 14% of United States production (649,000 barrels per day) in 2008 was produced through these methods. The global enhanced oil recovery market value is forecasted to grow at a compounded annual rate of 63% from 2009 through 2015 according to the SBI Report. By 2015, the annual enhanced oil recovery market is projected to be over $1.3 trillion according to the SBI Report.
 
Conventional oil recovery operations, including waterflood, are commonly believed to only extract around one-third of the original oil in place in a reservoir, leaving large quantities behind at the end of life of an oil field. According to the Oil & Gas Journal, “Global Oil Reserves-2: Recovery factors leave EOR plenty of room for growth”, Volume 105, Issue 42, dated November 12, 2007, a one percent increase in the efficiency of global hydrocarbon recovery would expand conventional oil reserves by 88 billion barrels, which would be enough to replace three years of world production at the 2007 rate of 27 billion barrels per year. Worldwide, recovery from existing oil fields averages only about one-third of the original oil in place, leaving a large target for application of our AERO System technology in suitable oil fields.
 
According to the IEA March 2012 Oil Market Report, the United States produced approximately 8.1 million barrels of oil per day in 2011. According to the U.S. Department of Energy Idaho National Laboratory, waterflooding accounts for more than one-half of the United States domestic oil production, or approximately 4 million barrels of oil per day. Assuming one-half of those waterfloods are suitable for application of our AERO System, we estimate the annual incremental production opportunity for oil producers using our AERO System to be greater than $10 billion in the United States alone based on an assumed price of $80.00 per barrel and a total production rate increase from the application of our AERO System of only 30% (compared to the approximate increase of 60% to 100% in the total production rate at our first commercial application of our AERO System). As the United States accounted for approximately 6% of the world’s oil production in February 2012 according to the IEA March 2012 Oil Market Report, the potential annual international market is substantially larger.
 
We anticipate our primary competition for this sizable market will come from traditional enhanced oil recovery technologies, such as thermal injection, gas injection and chemical injection, as well as from other microbial enhanced oil recovery methods. We believe that our AERO System is superior to traditional enhanced oil recovery technologies both economically and environmentally. Our AERO System is able to recover oil that traditional enhanced oil recovery methods may not be able to recover on a cost effective basis. We also believe our AERO System has a lower capital expenditure profile than any traditional enhanced oil recovery technology since it requires only relatively minor capital investments. Because our AERO System utilizes naturally occurring microbes in the reservoir, we believe its processes do not damage the environment.
 
According to a November 2007 Oil & Gas Journal article, about 50% of the world’s oil lies in small to medium sized reservoirs, which are generally untouched by traditional enhanced oil recovery processes. Our AERO System is well suited for smaller and medium sized reservoirs because our technology does not require large scale operations to be economical, unlike thermal injection, gas injection and chemical injection.
 
We are focused on the United States and Canada as initial target markets and are also pursuing opportunities to develop projects in the Middle East, initially in Oman, and South America, initially in Brazil.
 


52


Table of Contents

(FLOW Diagram)
 
According to the EPA’s website, updated May 9, 2012, approximately 144,000 wells were being used for waterflooding of oil reservoirs in the United States. Our AERO System is currently designed for sandstone reservoirs with permeability greater than 25 milli-darcies. According to the Nehring Data, 68.9% of the oil recovered in the United States has come from sandstone reservoirs, and 84.9% of that oil came from sandstone reservoirs having a permeability range greater than 25 milli-darcies.
 
In addition to these producing oil fields, we believe there are many oil fields under temporary abandonment status that are not producing oil, which would be suitable for our AERO System. We believe that the competition to acquire such oil fields is low and that we will be able to acquire sufficient oil fields in order to execute our strategy of acquiring such oil fields for research purposes and to showcase our technology for oil producers in the area.

53


Table of Contents

Technology
 
Traditional Oil Production
 
Traditional oil production is carried out through primary or pressure-driven mechanisms followed by water injection, also known as waterflood, which increases reservoir pressure and displaces some of the oil remaining in the reservoir. However, two-thirds of the original oil in place typically remains trapped in the oil reservoir even after waterflooding.
 
Our Technology
 
Microbes residing in oil reservoirs have the natural ability to use oil as a food source to facilitate growth given the right conditions. Growth of microbes on the oil is a fundamental requirement for AERO System functionality. Since the oil acts as a food source, the bulk of ingredients to fuel the AERO System are already in the reservoir. Limiting the externally added components to the specific nutrients we introduce causes the microbial growth and action to occur only where the oil is present. This process is complex and depends on several distinct groups of microbes performing specialized tasks in the chain of biological reactions. The complexity of the process makes it vulnerable to disruption from external changes in the surrounding environment. We leverage our knowledge of how to establish a consistent environment with the right characteristics for mobilization of trapped oil in our AERO System. We do not introduce specific microbes selected for purpose, nor do we rely upon genetically-engineered microorganisms. Instead we add customized nutrients to the reservoir to grow the existing indigenous microbes in that reservoir.
 
When the analysis and process development for the candidate field have been completed, the project moves into the deployment phase. We have designed our deployment systems to integrate with current oilfield waterflood equipment to simplify installation. This design has resulted in modular field units that can be customized for continuous input of nutrients to the reservoir. Furthermore, our field units are equipped with sensors to monitor performance remotely, which allows us to service oil fields efficiently in remote locations. Deployment of our AERO System is accomplished by integrating our AERO System with the existing infrastructure in the oil field. The oil that is produced from the utilization of our AERO System is delivered to market using the existing wells and pipelines that are already available to the oil producer. The additional oil that is captured by our AERO System is not altered in the process. We have verified this finding through our continuous operation of an oil field pilot project for more than 20 months during which no significant change in the n-alkane distribution, a measure often used for the characterization of crude oil, could be detected. Depending on the amount of oil trapped in the reservoir, we believe the production benefits from AERO System deployment will be sustained over many years until up to an additional 20% of the remaining oil has been produced. While we currently apply the technology to mature waterfloods, we anticipate further performance improvements when our AERO System is initiated at an earlier stage of oil recovery.
 
As part of the implementation of our AERO System, we analyze the injection water and water treatment system at the candidate oil field to determine if the water quality is compatible with AERO System requirements. We do not need potable water for our AERO System to be successful, but we do need the water to be suitable to support microbial life.


54


Table of Contents

 
Our initial results indicate that our AERO System may recover from 9 to 12% of the original oil in place in a reservoir. The diagram below illustrates the percentages of oil in reservoirs that are unrecoverable and recoverable using conventional oil recovery operations and our AERO System.
 
(GRAPH)
 
 
(1) For illustrative purposes, assumes a 10% recovery of original oil in place due to our AERO System.
 
Research and Development
 
Our research and development strategy seeks to extend the reach and effectiveness of our AERO System by focusing on the fundamental mechanisms of microbe-oil interactions. We have made significant investments in the development of our AERO System and will continue to fund further technology development in the future. Deployment of our AERO System enables and activates key microbial functionalities within an oil reservoir. These functionalities mobilize otherwise trapped oil resulting in increased production of oil. The functionalities required for successful deployment of our AERO System will be analogous between different reservoir conditions, but the microbes performing them and the nutrients required to best stimulate their growth may be different. To understand this complex system of diverse microbes and their interactions requires understanding the molecular mechanisms at work. As our knowledge of the biochemistry of oil mobilization by our AERO System develops, we expect to have the ability to both improve current deployment strategies and deploy our AERO System in a greater range of reservoir conditions. To this end, our research and development team is pursuing five initiatives:
 
  •  Molecular characterization of microbe-oil interactions to deepen our understanding of the process of oil mobilization and key effector molecules
 
  •  Functional genomics to link the genetic potential of reservoir microbial populations to specific stimulation strategies
 
  •  Geophysical characterization of microbial oil mobilization to advance simulation and modeling
 
  •  Formulations for delivering essential and supplemental nutrients that promote growth of microbes with specific functions across a broad range of reservoir conditions (salinity, temperature, acidity)
 
  •  Microbial activation strategies for mobilizing heavy oils
 
Combined, these research and development programs are designed to drive down costs per incremental barrel of oil produced by increasing oil yield and production rates as well as by increasing both the number of candidate oil fields and the scale of deployment.


55


Table of Contents

 
In 2006, we obtained technology and intellectual property from TERI, a research organization based in India, and implemented several field projects. In 2008, we acquired know-how of Biotopics, an Argentine company working on related microbial technology in the enhanced oil recovery industry, through a technology development agreement and retained their key employees. In 2009, we entered into a technology cooperation agreement with Statoil, which has been replaced by an updated 2011 agreement, to incorporate intellectual property and know-how that Statoil has been developing for many years. In June 2012, we entered into a research collaboration agreement with Winogradsky to focus on the microbiology of carbonate oil reservoirs and to develop enhanced oil recovery methods to be used in carbonate reservoirs. Our scientists and engineers have been able to further develop and advance the intellectual property and know-how obtained from these three technology partners to create our AERO System.
 
Milestones
 
Technology Milestones
 
Confirmation of microbial activity:  We have determined through field sampling and laboratory testing that hydrocarbon bearing reservoirs contain microbes that are capable of utilizing the residual hydrocarbon to grow and, in doing so, create biomass as biofilms. We are continuously refining our methodologies to grow these microbes and our criteria for selection of nutrients to facilitate certain functionalities in the process.
 
Improvement in oil recovery factors:  Over the past five years, we have achieved a number of significant advances in our research and development effort. Our application of technology progressed from small, discreet application at producing wells under a “huff and puff” process (whereby the nutrient mix is injected into a producer well which is then shut-in for a period of days to allow the microbes to grow before the well is re-opened to production), to full scale application at injection wells under a continuous injection process. In addition, we added microbial genomics and bioinformatics capabilities in our laboratory facilities to further advance our understanding of the microbial processes involved in oil mobilization.
 
Development of our AERO System technology:  In 2010, we implemented our pilot commercial AERO System project in the field. In April 2011, we applied for patent protection of this technology. This application is still pending with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
 
Commercialization Milestones
 
Demonstration of commercial application:  Between 2007 and 2009, we demonstrated that proprietary nutrient formulations delivered through our “huff and puff” process could accelerate the production of oil through improvement of flow conditions in the near wellbore environment of a production well. Thereafter, we applied our AERO System technology at the water injector well continuously and demonstrated improved recovery rates at economically attractive costs. The AERO System implementation builds on predecessor technology implementations that collectively account for over 100 treatments in different wells in multiple locations around the world including the United States, Argentina, the North Sea and India.
 
Property acquisition:  In the fourth quarter of 2010, we acquired the Etzold field, an oil property in Kansas. The oil field consisted of 12 shut-in wells which had been stripped of wellbore tubulars, artificial lift equipment and the associated oil and water processing and storage facilities. In the first quarter of 2011, we recompleted some of these wells and, as of June 23, 2012, we were injecting into two wells and producing from two oil wells. Based on production data measured at the primary production well, after the implementation of our AERO System the daily production rate from the impacted well increased by [          ]% from the average measured for the three months prior to AERO System implementation. We continue to monitor oil production and will develop additional tests for this well. This oil field will serve as a controlled environment to implement revisions in technology and surface systems to accelerate development and adoption of our AERO System technology.
 
Service Offering
 
We employ a three step process called “S3” to engage with a customer that has suitable waterflood projects. The S3 process ensures a systematic, engineered and customized approach to technology deployment in each reservoir.
 
Sample:  We obtain representative oil and water samples from the reservoir as part of our screening process to evaluate AERO System potential. Samples are taken to our Houston laboratory where detailed geochemical


56


Table of Contents

analysis is performed. The heart of the Sample phase deals with microbiological activities where the indigenous formation microbes are analyzed for functionality. The general activities for the Sample phase are:
 
  •  Review field characteristics data;
 
  •  Collect samples from targeted wells;
 
  •  Conduct geochemical characterization of oil and water; and
 
  •  Determine the indigenous microbes present in the reservoir fluids.
 
At the end of the Sample phase, we review findings and performance expectations with the customer before moving forward to the Simulate phase.
 
Simulate:  Advanced and customized AERO System nutrient packages are designed and optimized. The initial Simulate phase activities are:
 
  •  Incubate and study indigenous microbes; and
 
  •  Develop an optimal nutrient package for field application including any needed modifications to the field injection water.
 
Tests are performed at our Houston laboratory using microbes from the reservoir and nutrient media with the customer’s formation water, oil and core samples, if available, to verify AERO System performance under simulated reservoir conditions. Several iterations of tests are often performed to optimize the system compositions to achieve the optimal AERO System activity.
 
At the end of the Simulate phase, we review the coreflood and modeling results with the customer. If economical oil recovery can be demonstrated, the project then moves forward to the Stimulate phase. The Sample and Simulate phases typically take an aggregate of four months to complete. As of June 15, 2012, we had eight active customer projects in the Sample and Simulate phases. For this purpose, we define a customer project to be a project for which we have entered into a contract with a customer for AERO System services or a project for which we have derived revenues from a customer for AERO System services. In addition to these eight active customer projects, as of June 15, 2012, we also had a number of projects with customers in early stages of the Sample and Stimulate phases for which we have not yet generated revenue or signed them to a binding contract.
 
Stimulate:  Once the viability of our AERO System is demonstrated in the Simulate phase coreflood, a detailed project development plan is finalized, and the project proceeds to the Stimulate phase where our AERO System is initiated in the customer’s oil field to stimulate the indigenous microbes in the oil bearing reservoir.
 
We deliver skid-mounted injection equipment to the customer’s oilfield location. This equipment has been specially designed, tested and manufactured by us at our Houston facility, and it is continuously monitored and operated remotely from our project command center in Houston. The equipment remains on the customer’s lease throughout the duration of AERO System activities. The equipment is usually installed near the customer’s waterflood produced water injection plant where our nutrients are injected into the suction side of the customer’s existing waterflood pump for delivery to the reservoir.
 
Once initiated, we and our customer continually evaluate the technical, operational and economic results of the Stimulate phase activity. Assuming the project meets the desired criteria, we work with the customer to prepare a project expansion plan, up to and including full-field deployment of our AERO System.
 
Typically we start the Stimulate phase as an initial field validation in a small section of a customer’s producing field. We typically start seeing results from our AERO System within one to four months after we initiate the Stimulate phase, and our customers typically continue to observe these results for an additional three to six months. After the initial Stimulate phase field validation is complete, we expect to enter into a longer term contract with our customer to continue the use of our AERO System. As of June 15, 2012, we had three customer projects in the Stimulate field implementation phase.
 
Case Study: A Review of our AERO System’s Field Performance
 
In May 2010, we implemented our first commercial application of our AERO System to an oil field owned by Merit Energy Company. The oil field is a waterflooded sandstone reservoir with average permeability in excess


57


Table of Contents

of 25 milli-darcies, which made it a candidate for our AERO System technology. The waterflood in this oil field had been ongoing for five years prior to our implementation and had achieved a well-established decline of production over time. The project was executed following the S3 protocol described elsewhere in this prospectus. A detailed account of the activities at each S3 stage in this pilot project follows.
 
Sample:  Water and oil produced from the reservoir and the water to be injected into the reservoir were sampled for testing. We established that the system contained microbes suitable for our AERO System, although the injection water salinity was in excess of 8%. For optimal performance of our AERO System, it was determined that the salinity had to be lower in the injection water and a customized nutrient formulation was developed by us to accommodate these conditions.
 
Prior to the implementation of our AERO System, the injection water consisted of produced water (recycled from the producing wells) and source water (from a nearby water well). In connection with the implementation of our AERO System, water salinity was reduced to a more suitable level by converting the waterflood to use only source water. This water substitution required surface pipe reconfiguration and the installation of an additional injection pump for the project area. The installation of an additional injection pump and surface pipe reconfiguration was only necessary because our pilot project only involved a portion of the field. Our customer continued to use the water recycled from the producing wells in its other injector wells. If our project included all of the injector wells in the field, the additional pump installation and surface pipe reconfiguration would not have been required because the pumps and surface pipe already being used for the full field would be applied to the source water. Our customer incurred the costs for this water substitution. We estimate that our customer spent less than $100,000 to add this pump and reconfigure the surface pipe.
 
We believe that most fields will have a water source with salinity levels suitable for our AERO System. Based upon the Produced Waters Database released in May 2002 by the U.S. Geological Survey, 33,196 well tests in the United States out of a total sample of 58,706 well tests, or approximately 56% of the wells surveyed, had a salinity of 8% or less, which is the salinity level that is currently preferred for application of our AERO System. For those waterflooded fields that have salinity in excess of the level preferred for our AERO System, we would need to substitute some or all of the water source as we did in our pilot project to reduce the salinity. The costs associated with any such water substitution will vary from project to project and will depend upon factors such as whether water needs to be piped in from an alternate water source, the proximity of an alternate suitable water source to the project well sites, the terrain surrounding the project site and alternate water source and the size of the project. Due to our limited operating history, we cannot estimate the costs that might be incurred by us or our customers for future projects that involve high salinity. These additional costs may make our AERO System not a viable option for some oil fields using water that is not suitable for our AERO System and for which no suitable cost effective strategy for water system replacement is identified.
 
Simulate:  Additional research and development was performed at our Houston laboratory at reservoir temperatures to measure modification of the oil water interface using reservoir fluids and microbiology. A coreflood test was performed to demonstrate incremental oil recovery in a simulation of the reservoir.
 
Stimulate:  The AERO System field module was installed adjacent to our customer’s water injection system. The control unit of our field module was set to inject a continuous flow of the customized nutrient formulations into the water stream going to two injector wells. At the initiation of the nutrient injection, a protocol for quantifying changes in production was devised with the customer to ensure frequent performance monitoring of the producing wells that were potential targets for improvement.
 
Discussion and Results
 
The production increase in the affected pilot area was determined in two ways. First, the total field production was measured at point of sale and therefore represents a definitive metric of the production. The customer had prepared engineering projections of production rate decline for potentially affected wells taking the field decline rate into account. This finding provided a point of comparison enabling the effect of our AERO System to be determined for the affected well. Second, the individual wells were tested periodically for oil and water production and compared with the historical tests for the well impacted by our AERO System.
 
The pilot project initially comprised two injector wells and six associated producer wells. No production rate change was observed in the production wells relative to the second injector well, which was subsequently


58


Table of Contents

determined to be outside the reservoir and therefore not contributing to flow. This injector was eliminated from the test. Further evaluation of data revealed that five of the six producer wells were not supported by the remaining injector well, so any waterflooding or application of our AERO System to the remaining injector well could not be effective for these five producer wells. Approximately one month after the initiation of our nutrient injection, the remaining producer well experienced fluctuations in fluid production before a new steady-state was established for it. The oil production rate of that producer well was observed to increase by between 60% and 100%. The fluid production rate of this well remained relatively unchanged as the oil portion of the fluid increased.
 
We published a paper with Merit Energy Company and Statoil that discusses the Stirrup field pilot, which is the same pilot project described in this prospectus, and presented the paper at a July 2011 Society of Petroleum Engineers conference. According to the paper, approximately 17,600 barrels of incremental oil had been produced by December 31, 2010 from the producer well associated with the injector that remained subject to our pilot project. The paper, which examined results through December 31, 2010, also states that, due to the AERO System implementation, the daily production rate of oil increased 60% to 100% from the initial rate for this well. The paper also predicts that the ultimate cumulative oil that is produced in the well will increase by an additional 9 to 12% of original oil in place, or OOIP, in the pilot area of the field, or approximately 40,000 incremental barrels of oil over the remaining economic life of the well.
 
The following chart updates the results discussed in the paper and demonstrates the change in production rate through April 2012 in the producer well discussed in the paper. The chart was created by plotting production rate against cumulative production and shows a discontinuity where our AERO System becomes functional. This type of analysis is typically used to project ultimate recovery from the oil well by extrapolating trend lines. Daily production rate data obtained from the end of 2010 through April 2012 from the pilot area producer well is consistent with the 60% to 100% daily production rate increase described in the paper, which was calculated based on data obtained from the inception of the pilot project in May 2010 through the end of 2010. In February 2012, the injection of our customized nutrient formulation into the reservoir was terminated in order to investigate the impact of discontinuing our AERO System. As we had expected, the daily production rate decreased after the AERO System was discontinued. We believe this result occurred because, once our nutrient formula was no longer present in the reservoir, the population of native microbes that were growing and proliferating during the implementation of our AERO System decreased due to the absence of the food source present in our nutrient formulation. In [          ], 2012, the AERO System was restarted and the daily production rate increased to [          ].
 
(LINE GRAPH)


59


Table of Contents

 
We believe that our pilot project results are a valid representation of potential production rate increases and yield recovery to be expected from the application of our AERO System in other potential sites. These results are reinforced by our laboratory data from core floods, which test recovery processes under simulated reservoir conditions using a plug, or core of reservoir rock from the project area, and historical implementations of predecessor technologies by us.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
We use a direct sales channel to market our technology. As of May 31, 2012, the business development group comprised three people, based in Houston and Fort Worth, Texas and Calgary, Alberta. We expect to expand our sales team by introducing regional sales managers in basins of interest in the United States, Canada and internationally.
 
Because of the uniqueness of our technology and the early stage of our development, we must educate potential customers on our technology to be able to generate business. New customers generally prefer to initially test our technology on a limited scope and in their lowest-priority oil field. Although this approach is suboptimal, we believe it will generate additional opportunities to expand our relationship with the customer once our technology yields proven results.
 
Customers
 
We have signed master service agreements that define our contractual relationships with most of our customers. The scope of work and commercial terms for a particular project are often defined in a separate document specific to that project. Most of our contracts are for a pilot implementation of our AERO System and incorporate a fee for service for the Sample and Simulate phases and a monthly charge for initial Stimulate phase field validation. After completion of the initial Stimulate phase field validation, we anticipate that successful field validation performance will lead to negotiated evergreen contracts for continued Stimulate phase activities.
 
Our customer base comprises international oil companies and independent oil and gas companies in North America. As of June 15, 2012, we had active projects with Husky Oil Operations Limited, Merit Energy Company, Cenovus Energy Inc., Plains Exploration and Production Company, Riyam Engineering & Services LLC (for provision of services to Petroleum Development Oman L.L.C.), T-C Oil Company, Denbury Resources Inc., ConocoPhillips Company, Enerplus Partnership, Petróleo Brasileiro S.A. and an ongoing laboratory research and development project with Shell International Exploration and Production, Inc. During 2011, Merit Energy Company, Husky Oil Operations Limited and Hilcorp Energy Company accounted for 43%, 23% and 17%, respectively, of our total revenues for that year.
 
Suppliers
 
We have preferred suppliers of nutrient chemicals. However, our raw material ingredients are widely available, and we are not dependent upon any one company for supplies needed for our business. Also, there are no geographical limitations on the availability of these materials. Currently we blend our formula in our Houston, Texas and Hazlett, Saskatchewan facilities, with the raw materials delivered directly to those locations. We anticipate expanding this strategy to each geographical region, utilizing local suppliers to minimize logistical costs.
 
Competition
 
We compete for projects with other microbial technology enhanced oil recovery companies, emerging enhanced oil recovery technologies and traditional enhanced oil recovery technologies.
 
Other Microbial Enhanced Oil Recovery Companies
 
Other companies are developing or planning to commercialize microbial technology that is similar to our AERO System. These companies include Titan Oil Recovery, Inc., Geo Fossil Fuels, LLC and Micro-Bac International, Inc. We believe that the enhanced oil recovery market is large enough to support multiple competitors if the technology of these companies proves to be competitive with ours.


60


Table of Contents

Emerging Enhanced Oil Recovery Technologies
 
We are aware of other companies developing or planning to commercialize different technologies for enhanced oil recovery. These technologies include low salinity water, polymer and wave vibration. TIORCO (a Nalco Company) is the biggest of the companies of which we are aware that is involved in deployment of any of these technologies.
 
We believe that the economics of our AERO System are more attractive than those of these other technologies due to, among other things, a lower capital investment and a lower operating cost.
 
Traditional Enhanced Oil Recovery Technologies
 
Traditional enhanced oil recovery technologies include thermal injection (for example, steam), gas injection (for example, carbon dioxide) and chemical injection (for example, surfactants). Thermal injection is used to heat the oil to make it flow more easily through the reservoir. Gas injection is used to increase pressure in the reservoir and increase the viscosity of the oil. Chemical injection is used to reduce surface tension of the oil to allow it to flow better through the reservoir.
 
According to a November 2007 Oil & Gas Journal article, about 50% of the world’s oil lies in small to medium sized reservoirs, which are generally untouched by traditional enhanced oil recovery processes. Our AERO System is well suited for smaller and medium sized reservoirs because our technology does not require large scale operations to be economical.
 
We believe that the economics of our AERO System are more attractive than those of these other technologies due to, among other things, lower capital investment and a lower operating cost. Traditional enhanced oil recovery technologies are generally cost effective only in larger oil reservoirs and large scale operations and are generally impractical for offshore platforms due to the constraints of logistics and platform space. Additionally, we believe that our AERO System has a lower environmental impact since our process uses infrastructure that is already in place and nutrients that are not harmful to the environment.
 
Thermal Injection (for example, steam).  High pressure superheated steam is pumped into an oil well to increase the temperature and lower the viscosity of the oil making it easier to displace from the sand. The cost of the steam generation equipment and pressure pumps is significant and implementing this process requires large amounts of energy.
 
Gas Injection (for example, carbon dioxide).  Carbon dioxide is sourced generally from underground deposits. The injection process requires that a structure is drilled to access the carbon dioxide, which is then piped to the oil production site. The capital cost for this process and its infrastructure is significant. This process introduces new environmental impacts through the additional infrastructure needed to implement the process as well as the carbon dioxide that is inevitably released into the atmosphere during the process. Once the carbon dioxide has reached the producing well, it must be extracted, cleaned and then re-injected or disposed of. This process is expensive and results in a sizable carbon dioxide or other greenhouse gas footprint.
 
Chemical injection (for example, surfactants).  Large quantities of chemicals must be manufactured and then transported to the wellsite where they are blended with the water to be injected into the reservoir. The chemical injection process results in a large quantity of non-native chemicals or polymers being injected into the reservoir. The surfactants and polymers can be considered environmentally aggressive and the process to manufacture them and deliver them to the reservoir in bulk is expensive.
 
Oil Reserves
 
Summary of Oil Reserves as of December 31, 2011 Based on Average Fiscal-Year Prices
 
All of our reserves are in our Etzold field, which is located in the Schuck Field, Etzold North Unit, Seward County, Kansas, and our reserves consist of proved developed oil reserves. As of and during the year ended December 31, 2011, we did not have any proved undeveloped oil reserves. As of December 31, 2011, our estimated total proved oil reserves were 160 mbbls.


61


Table of Contents

 
Methodology used to establish proved reserves
 
Proved reserves are those quantities of oil and natural gas, which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible from a given date forward, from known reservoirs and under existing economic conditions, operating methods and government regulations. The term “reasonable certainty” implies a high degree of confidence that the quantities of oil or natural gas actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate. Reasonable certainty can be established using techniques that have been proved effective by actual production from projects in the same reservoir or an analogous reservoir or by other evidence using reliable technology that establishes reasonable certainty. Reliable technology is a grouping of one or more technologies (including computational methods) that has been field tested and has been demonstrated to provide reasonably certain results with consistency and repeatability in the formation being evaluated or in an analogous formation.
 
In order to establish reasonable certainty with respect to our estimated proved reserves, Collarini Associates, a company that provides independent reserve reports and technical and financial evaluations of existing and potential oil and gas assets, was engaged to provide an independent forecast of production and reserves. As provided in their report, the Collarini Associates’ reserve estimates were performed in accordance with sound engineering principles and generally accepted industry practice. Data used in the estimation of our proved reserves include, but are not limited to, electrical logs, geologic maps and available downhole and production data. Reserves attributable to producing wells with sufficient production history were estimated using appropriate decline curves or other performance relationships. Reserves attributable to producing wells with limited production history and for undeveloped locations were estimated using performance from analogous wells in the surrounding area and geologic data to assess the reservoir continuity. These wells were considered to be analogous based on production performance from the same formation and completion using similar techniques.
 
Internal controls over reserves estimation process
 
We maintain an internal staff of engineers and geoscience professionals who work closely with our independent reserve engineers to ensure the integrity, accuracy and timeliness of data furnished to our independent reserve engineers in their reserves estimation process. The President of Glori Holdings Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary, is the technical person within the company who has primary responsibility for overseeing the preparation of our reserve estimates. The President of Glori Holdings Inc. has over 30 years of industry experience with positions of increasing responsibility in engineering and production and holds a Bachelor of Science degree in mechanical engineering. The President of Glori Holdings Inc. reports directly to our Chief Executive Officer.
 
We meet with representatives of our independent reserve engineers periodically to discuss methods and assumptions used in preparation of the proved reserves estimates. While we have no formal committee specifically designated to review reserves reporting and the reserves estimation process, a preliminary copy of the reserve report is reviewed by our Chief Executive Officer and internal technical staff. Following the consummation of this offering, we anticipate that our Audit Committee will conduct a similar review on an annual basis.
 
Oil and gas production, production prices and production costs
 
Prior to 2011, we did not have any oil production. In 2011, our net oil production was 3.2 mbbls. In 2011, the average sales price per barrel of oil was $87.50, and our average production cost per barrel of oil was $136.60. Average sales price is the amount we received from the buyer, net of royalties; average production cost is total production costs excluding severance taxes. The average production cost per barrel of oil exceeded the average sales price per barrel in 2011 due to the startup costs attributable to the redevelopment of three shut-in wells and three water injection wells and other startup costs we incurred in 2011 relating to additional shut-in wells and water injection wells that we intend to redevelop in the future. Since only one-half of our Etzold field was redeveloped in 2011 and those wells that were redeveloped in 2011 were only producing for eight months of the year, these costs were spread over a small amount of oil production.
 
Drilling and other exploratory and development activities
 
As of December 31, 2011, we had three total gross and net productive wells. Productive wells are defined as producing wells plus other wells mechanically capable of production. We have never drilled a productive or


62


Table of Contents

exploratory well and have attained productive wells only through the redevelopment of shut-in wells. In 2011, we spent $1.3 million in the redevelopment of shut-in wells to return them to production and the reactivation of the waterflood at the Etzold field.
 
Oil and gas properties, wells, operations and acreage.
 
As of December 31, 2011, the Company had 480 gross and net acres.
 
Present activities
 
Since February 2012, we have been implementing our AERO System on two injecting wells. In 2012, we intend to redevelop three additional shut-in wells and implement our AERO System on those wells once production has been restored.
 
Delivery commitments
 
We do not have any commitments to provide a fixed and determinable quantity of oil under existing contracts or agreements.
 
Government Regulation
 
Environmental Regulation
 
We are subject to numerous environmental, legal, and regulatory requirements related to our operations worldwide. In the United States, these laws and regulations include, among others:
 
  •  the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act;
 
  •  the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act;
 
  •  the Clean Air Act;
 
  •  the Federal Water Pollution Control Act;
 
  •  the Safe Drinking Water Act; and
 
  •  the Toxic Substances Control Act.
 
In addition to federal laws and regulations, states and other countries where we do business often have numerous environmental, legal and regulatory requirements by which we must abide.
 
Environmental laws and regulations are complex and subject to frequent change. In some cases, they can impose liability for the entire cost of cleanup on any responsible party, without regard to negligence or fault, and can impose liability on us for the conduct of others or conditions others have caused, or for our acts that complied with all applicable requirements when we performed them. We may also be exposed to environmental or other liabilities originating from businesses and assets that we purchased from others. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations has not, to date, materially affected our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position. We do not expect to incur material capital expenditures in our next fiscal year in order to comply with current environment control regulations. However, our compliance with amended, new or more stringent requirements, stricter interpretations of existing requirements or the future discovery of contamination may require us to make material expenditures or subject us to liabilities that we currently do not anticipate. In addition, because our technology is new, regulatory agencies may not be sure how to apply existing rules to our AERO System or may have concerns that could delay or restrict use of our AERO System in some wells. Any such delays or restrictions could harm our business.
 
Greenhouse Gas Regulation
 
There are a variety of regulatory developments, proposals or requirements and legislative initiatives that have been introduced in the United States and international regions in which we conduct business that are focused on restricting the emission of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases. Among these developments are the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, also known as the “Kyoto Protocol”, the Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative or “RGGI” in the Northeastern United States, AB 32 in California, which calls for a cap-and-trade system for greenhouse gas emissions, and the Western Regional Climate Action Initiative in the Western United States.


63


Table of Contents

The U.S. Congress has been actively considering legislation to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases, primarily through the development of greenhouse gas cap-and-trade programs. In addition, more than one-third of the states already have begun implementing legal measures to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases.
 
In 2007, the United States Supreme Court in Massachusetts, et al. v. EPA, held that carbon dioxide may be regulated as an “air pollutant” under the federal Clean Air Act. In the wake of the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision in Massachusetts, et al. v. EPA, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, has begun to regulate carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas emissions, even though Congress has yet to adopt new legislation specifically addressing emissions of greenhouse gases. In late 2009, the EPA issued a “Mandatory Reporting of Greenhouse Gases” final rule, which was amended in December 2010, establishing a new comprehensive regulation and reporting scheme for operators of stationary sources emitting certain levels of greenhouse gases, and a Final Rule finding that certain current and projected levels of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere threaten public health and welfare of current and future generations. In late 2010, the EPA finalized new greenhouse gas reporting requirements for upstream petroleum and natural gas systems, which will be added to EPA’s greenhouse gas reporting rule. Many of these regulations are subject to pending legal challenges.
 
Although it is not possible to predict whether proposed legislation or regulations will be adopted as initially written, if at all, or how legislation or new regulations that may be adopted to address greenhouse gas emissions would impact our business, any such future laws and regulations could result in increased compliance costs or additional operating restrictions. Any additional costs or operating restrictions associated with legislation or regulations regarding greenhouse gas emissions could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and cash flows. In addition, changes in environmental requirements may negatively impact demand for our services. For example, oil exploration and production may decline as a result of environmental requirements (including land use policies responsive to environmental concerns). State, national, and international governments and agencies have been evaluating climate-related legislation and other regulatory initiatives that would restrict emissions of greenhouse gases in areas in which we conduct business. Because our business depends on the level of activity in the oil industry, existing or future laws, regulations, treaties or international agreements related to greenhouse gases and climate change, including incentives to conserve energy or use alternative energy sources, could have a negative impact on our business if such laws, regulations, treaties, or international agreements reduce the worldwide demand for oil.
 
Hydraulic Fracturing  The EPA has recently focused on concerns about the risk of water contamination and public health problems from drilling and hydraulic fracturing activities. The EPA is conducting a comprehensive research study on the potential adverse effects that hydraulic fracturing may have on water quality and public health. While our technology is unrelated to hydraulic fracturing, it is possible that any federal, state and local laws and regulations that might be imposed on fracturing activities could also apply to oil recovery operations. Although it is not possible to predict the final outcome of the EPA’s study or whether new legislation or regulations that might be adopted would impact our business, any such future laws and regulations could result in increased compliance costs or additional operating restrictions, which, in turn, could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Employees
 
As of May 31, 2012, we had a total of 23 employees consisting of seven employees engaged in research and development, eight employees in operations and eight employees in management and administrative positions. We believe our employee relations are satisfactory.
 
Facilities
 
Our headquarters are located in Houston, Texas. We lease our headquarters facility, which comprises approximately 17,000 square feet of warehouse, laboratory and office space. The term of this lease runs through May 2014. We have regional offices in Calgary, Alberta, Hazlett, Saskatchewan, Liberal, Kansas and Bakersfield, California. We believe our current facilities are adequate for our current needs and for the foreseeable future.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are not currently involved in any material legal proceedings.


64


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Executive Officers and Directors
 
The following table provides information regarding our executive officers, directors and director nominees (ages as of March 31, 2012):
 
             
Name   Age   Position
 
Stuart M. Page(1)
    49     President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
Victor M. Perez
    59     Chief Financial Officer
Thomas Ishoey
    38     Chief Technology Officer
William M. Bierhaus II
    52     Senior Vice President of Business Development
Kenneth E. Nimitz
    43     Senior Vice President of Operations
Robert J. Button
    54     President of Glori Holdings Inc.
John Clarke(2)
    59     Chairman of the Board
Matthew Gibbs(1)(3)(4)
    43     Director
Ganesh Kishore(1)(3)(4)
    58     Director
Mark Puckett(1)(2)
    60     Director
Jonathan Schulhof(2)
    38     Director
Michael Schulhof(3)(4)
    69     Director
Jasbir Singh(2)(3)(4)
    70     Director
 
 
(1) Member of our risk committee
 
(2) Member of our audit committee
 
(3) Member of our compensation committee
 
(4) Member of our corporate governance and nominating committee
 
Stuart M. Page has served as our Chief Executive Officer since March 2007. In June 2011, he assumed the additional title of President. Mr. Page has also served as a member of our board of directors since March 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Page was Vice President of IHS Energy, Inc., an information delivery services company, from February 2005 to March 2007 where he was responsible for the company’s mergers and acquisitions activity. He holds a bachelor’s and master’s degree in engineering science from Oxford University, England, and a M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Page brings an intimate knowledge of our business and our industry to our board.
 
Victor M. Perez has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Perez was Chief Financial Officer of Allis-Chalmers Energy Inc., an oilfield services company, from August 2004 to August 2011. From July 2003 to July 2004, Mr. Perez was a private consultant engaged in corporate and international finance advisory. From February 1995 to June 2003, Mr. Perez was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Trico Marine Services, Inc., a marine transportation company serving the offshore energy industry. Trico Marine Services, Inc. filed a petition under the federal bankruptcy laws in December 2004. Mr. Perez was Vice President of Corporate Finance with Offshore Pipelines, Inc., an oilfield marine construction company, from October 1990 to January 1995. Mr. Perez also has 15 years of international and energy banking experience. Mr Perez has an M.B.A, from University of Texas at Arlington and a bachelor’s degree in economics from Virginia Tech.
 
Thomas Ishoey has served as our Chief Technology Officer since September 2010. Prior to joining us, Dr. Ishoey held various positions at Synthetic Genomics Inc., a privately held biotechnology company, from 2008 to September 2010. He held the position of Vice President — Subsurface Hydrocarbons from December 2009 to September 2010, Senior Director from September 2009 to December 2009, Director from July 2009 to September 2009 and Senior Scientist from May 2008 to July 2009. Prior to that, Dr. Ishoey was a scientist at the J. Craig Venter Institute, a non-profit research institute, from February 2006 to May 2008, and a senior research associate at the Center for Genomic Sciences from June 2005 to February 2006. Dr. Ishoey holds a master’s degree in chemical engineering and a Ph.D. in biotechnology, both from the Technical University of Denmark.
 
William M. Bierhaus II has served as our Senior Vice President of Business Development since March 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Bierhaus spent 28 years with Halliburton Energy Services, Inc, a provider of various products and services to the energy industry for the exploration, development, and production of oil


65


Table of Contents

and natural gas worldwide, where he held various field operational, engineering and management positions throughout the United States and Middle East. His most recent Halliburton position was Global Manager of Business Development and Marketing-Cementing with responsibility for business development activities in over 70 countries. Mr. Bierhaus holds a B.S. in civil engineering from Purdue University.
 
Kenneth E. Nimitz has served as our Senior Vice President of Operations since January 23, 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Nimitz served as a Regional Vice President Americas at Neptune Marine Services Limited, a provider of engineered solutions to the oil and gas, marine and renewable energy industries that is traded on the Australian Securities Exchange, from May 2009 to January 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Nimitz spent 18 years with Schlumberger Limited, a supplier of technology, integrated project management and information solutions to the oil and gas industry, where he held various operational, engineering and management positions, including his most recent Schlumberger position as GeoMarket Operations Manager. Mr. Nimitz holds a bachelor’s of science degree in mechanical engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a M.B.A. from Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business.
 
Robert J. Button has served as President of Glori Holdings Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Glori Energy, since March 19, 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Button held various positions from 1981 through March 2011 at BP p.l.c. and Amoco Corporation, prior to its acquisition by BP in 1998. Most recently Mr. Button held various leadership roles at BP, including Vice President Organization Capability, E&P Operations, HSE & Engineering from August 2009 to March 2011, Vice President Wyoming Performance Unit from October 2007 to August 2009 and Vice President, Wamsutter Performance Unit from April 2005 to October 2007. Mr. Button holds a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from The Ohio State University.
 
John Clarke has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2011. Mr. Clarke became the Chairman of our board of directors on January 1, 2012. Since May 2011, Mr. Clarke has been a Partner with Turnbridge Capital, LLC, a private equity investment firm focused on energy related investments. Mr. Clarke has served as President of Concept Capital Group, Inc., a financial and strategic consulting firm founded by him in 1995, since November 2009. From December 2004 until its sale in November 2009, Mr. Clarke served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of NATCO Group Inc., an oil services company. Previously, Mr. Clarke served as Managing Director of SCF Partners, a private equity investment firm, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Dynegy, Inc., an energy trading company, Managing Director of Simmons & Co. International, an energy investment banking firm, and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation, an oil and gas exploration and production company. Mr. Clarke holds an M.B.A. from Southern Methodist University and a B.A. in economics from the University of Texas at Austin. In the last five years, Mr. Clarke has served on the boards of directors of Penn Virginia Corporation (December 2009 to Present), Tesco Corporation (August 2011 to Present), Harvest Natural Resources, Inc. (October 2000 to May 2008), The Houston Exploration Company (December 2003 to June 2007) and NATCO Group Inc. (February 2000 to November 2009). Mr. Clarke brings a wealth of public company board experience and knowledge of the energy industry to our board.
 
Matthew Gibbs has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2009. Mr. Gibbs is a General Partner of Oxford Bioscience Partners, a venture capital firm that has invested over one billion dollars in life science, clean-energy, and healthcare technologies. Mr. Gibbs has 17 years of experience in financing venture backed technology companies. Mr. Gibbs joined Oxford in 1997, became a General Partner in January 2005 and leads the clean-energy initiative at Oxford with investments in microbial generated natural gas and biotechnology enhanced oil recovery. Mr. Gibbs was with MedVest, Inc., a venture capital syndicated fund, Johnson & Johnson Development Corp. and Oak Investment Partners, from 1994 to 1996. He holds a B.A. from the University of Colorado — Boulder. In the last five years, Mr. Gibbs has served on the board of directors of Luca Technologies Inc. (December 2008 to Present). Luca Technologies uses biotechnology to create and produce natural gas by stimulating native microorganisms that reside in subsurface hydrocarbon deposits, such as coal, oil and organic-rich shales. Mr. Gibbs brings extensive experience in business and the building of companies from early stage to commercial scale to our board of directors.
 
Ganesh Kishore has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2009. Since April 2007, he has served as Chief Executive Officer of Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd., where he oversees fund management, investment portfolio management and governance of companies in which Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd. has made investments. Since January 2009, he has also served as President and


66


Table of Contents

Chief Executive Officer of K Life Sciences, LLC where he provides advisory services to life science businesses. Between April 2007 and December 2008, Dr. Kishore served as a Managing Director of Burrill & Company, where his responsibilities included fund management, fund raising and governance of companies in which Burrill & Company invested. Prior to joining Burrill & Company, Dr. Kishore served as Chief Biotechnology Officer at E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company from March 2005 to April 2007, where he was responsible for overall biotechnology leadership for DuPont’s life science businesses. Dr. Kishore holds a Ph.D. in biochemistry from the Indian Institute of Science, an M.S. in biochemistry from the University of Mysore and a B.S. in physics and chemistry from the University of Mysore. In the last five years, Dr. Kishore has served on the board of directors of Gevo, Inc. (May 2008 to Present) and Embrex, Inc. (January 2002 to January 2007). Dr. Kishore brings extensive knowledge of the biotechnology industry and experience in advising and managing startup companies to our board.
 
Mark Puckett has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2011. Mr. Puckett began his career at Chevron Corporation, a company engaging in petroleum, chemicals, mining, power generation, and energy operations worldwide, in 1973 and retired in May 2008. During his tenure at Chevron, Mr. Puckett held a variety of positions of increasing responsibility in Chevron’s upstream operations before ultimately retiring as the President of Chevron’s Energy Technology Company, where he was responsible for managing the company’s technology resources across all business segments. In addition, Mr. Puckett served on Chevron’s management committee from 1997 until his retirement and served on Chevron’s upstream and gas leadership team from 2001 until his retirement. Since his retirement, Mr. Puckett has been involved in private investments. He is a member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers and the Dean’s Advisory Council, College of Engineering at Texas A&M University. Mr. Puckett holds a bachelor’s degree in civil engineering from Texas A&M University. In the last five years, Mr. Puckett has served on the board of directors of Concho Resources Inc. (November 2009 to Present). Mr. Puckett brings extensive knowledge of the energy industry to our board, including in the areas of primary, secondary and enhanced oil recovery.
 
Jonathan Schulhof has served as a member of our board of directors since our inception and was Chairman of our board of directors through January 1, 2012. Mr. Schulhof is a founder and managing partner of GTI Capital Group, a New York and India based firm that specializes in private equity investments, as well as advisory services in the aerospace, healthcare, energy and media sectors. Mr. Schulhof maintains oversight over day to day operations of GTI Capital Group and has led the purchase and sale of several U.S. and Indian companies and has supervised the launch of several startup businesses. Prior to joining GTI Capital Group in 2010, Mr. Schulhof had been a managing partner of GTI Companies since 2002. Prior to joining GTI Companies, Mr. Schulhof was a Director of Business Development at Tellme Networks, Inc., where he developed company strategy and business plans, and executed strategic sales. Prior to joining Tellme Networks, Inc., Mr. Schulhof was a corporate associate at Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, a law firm specializing in mergers and acquisitions, bankruptcy, securities, structured finance, and investment management services. Mr. Schulhof holds a B.A. from Dartmouth College and a J.D. from Stanford Law School, and is a member of the New York State Bar. Mr. Schulhof brings a wealth of knowledge in advising and managing startup companies to our board.
 
Michael Schulhof has served as a member of our board of directors since our inception. Since 1998, Mr. Schulhof has been a managing director of GTI Capital Group, a New York and India based firm that specializes in private equity investments, as well as advisory services in the aerospace, healthcare, energy and media sectors. From 1993 to 1996, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Sony Corporation of America. Mr. Schulhof holds a B.A. from Grinnell College, Master of Science from Cornell University and Ph.D. from Brandeis University. Mr. Schulhof also received an Honorary Degree as Doctor of Physics from Grinnell College. In the last five years, Mr. Schulhof has served on the board of directors of j2 Global Communications, Inc. (1997 to Present). Mr. Schulhof brings extensive experience with global business operations and finance to our board.
 
Jasbir Singh has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2009. Mr. Singh is the Executive Director — New Technologies of Omar Zawawi Establishment (OMZEST) Group, an entity owned by the same stockholders that own Rawoz. The group has varied activities from manufacturing to trading, financing to insurance and energy-related investments. Mr. Singh has been with OMZEST Group since 1985. Prior to joining OMZEST Group, Mr. Singh worked as Sales Development Manager for Larsen & Toubro


67


Table of Contents

(L&T), one of the largest engineering companies in India. Before joining L&T, Mr. Singh worked for seven years at India’s national oil company, Oil & Natural Gas Commission, where he held a variety of technical engineering positions. Mr. Singh is a graduate petroleum engineer from the Indian School of Mines, Dhanbhad, India. Mr. Singh brings extensive knowledge of the energy industry to our board.
 
Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers other than that Michael Schulhof is the father of Jonathan Schulhof.
 
Code of Ethics
 
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code will be available on our corporate website at www.glorienergy.com upon completion of this offering.
 
Composition of the Board of Directors
 
Our board of directors currently consists of eight members, all of whom are non-employee members other than our chief executive officer. Each director holds office until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our post-offering bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors.
 
Pursuant to the terms of our existing stockholders agreement, our existing current directors were elected as follows:
 
  •  The holders of our series A preferred stock elected two members of our board of directors: one individual designated by GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P., Jonathan Schulhof; and one individual designated by KPCB Holdings, Inc., Michael Schulhof;
 
  •  The holders of our series B preferred stock elected three members of our board of directors: one individual designated by Oxford Bioscience Partners, Matthew Gibbs; one individual designated by Rawoz Technology Company Limited, Jasbir Singh; and one individual designated by Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd., Ganesh Kishore;
 
  •  The holders of our series B preferred stock elected one independent member of our board of directors, subject to the approval of the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares of series A preferred stock and common stock: John Clarke;
 
  •  The holders of our series A preferred stock, series B preferred stock and our common stock elected one member of our board of directors: Mark Puckett; and
 
  •  Our chief executive officer is designated as a director: Stuart M. Page.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, all of our preferred stock will be automatically converted into our common stock and all of the contractual rights to appoint directors will be automatically terminated. All of our existing directors intend to remain directors upon completion of this offering. Commencing with our first annual meeting of stockholders after the completion of this offering, all of our director positions will be up for re-election.
 
Our post-offering certificate of incorporation provides that the number of authorized directors will be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors and that a director may only be removed outside of the normal election process for cause or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of our directors.
 
Director Independence
 
In February 2012, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of each post-offering director and considered whether any post-offering director had a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that all of our post-offering directors, other than our President and Chief Executive Officer, Stuart M. Page, were “independent directors” and met the independence requirements under the listing standards of The Nasdaq Global Market.


68


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors
 
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, a corporate governance and nominating committee and a risk committee.
 
Audit Committee
 
Our audit committee consists of John Clarke, Jonathan Schulhof, Mark Puckett and Jasbir Singh, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Clarke is the chairperson of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee meets the requirements of financial literacy under the requirements of The Nasdaq Global Market and SEC rules and regulations. Mr. Clarke serves as our audit committee financial expert, as defined under SEC rules, and possesses financial sophistication as required by The Nasdaq Global Market. Mr. Clarke and Mr. Puckett are independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Mr. Schulhof is not independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) because of his affiliation with GTI and the present level of stock ownership of our company by funds and investors affiliated with GTI. Mr. Singh is not independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) because of his affiliation with Rawoz and the present level of stock ownership of our company by funds and investors affiliated with Rawoz. The test for independence under Rule 10A-3(b)(1) for the audit committee is different than the general test for independence of board and committee members. In accordance with Rule 10A-3(b)(1) and the listing standards of The Nasdaq Global Market, we plan to modify the composition of the audit committee within 12 months after the effectiveness of our registration statement relating to this offering, if necessary, so that all of our audit committee members will be independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) and under the listing standards of The Nasdaq Global Market.
 
Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:
 
  •  selecting and hiring our independent auditors, and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;
 
  •  evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;
 
  •  monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;
 
  •  reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures;
 
  •  discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent auditors and reviewing with management and the independent auditors our interim and year-end operating results; and
 
  •  preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.
 
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.
 
Compensation Committee
 
Our compensation committee consists of Michael Schulhof, Matthew Gibbs, Ganesh Kishore and Jasbir Singh, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Gibbs is the chairman of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the requirements of The Nasdaq Global Market. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:
 
  •  reviewing and approving compensation of our executive officers including annual base salary, annual incentive bonuses, specific goals, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance and change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensations or arrangements;
 
  •  reviewing and recommending compensation goals, bonus and option compensation criteria for our employees;
 
  •  reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure required by SEC rules;
 
  •  preparing the compensation committee report required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement; and
 
  •  administering, reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans.


69


Table of Contents

 
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee
 
Our corporate governance and nominating committee will initially consist of Michael Schulhof, Matthew Gibbs, Ganesh Kishore and Jasbir Singh. Mr. Gibbs is the chairman of this committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our corporate governance and nominating committee satisfies the requirements for independence under The Nasdaq Global Market rules.
 
Our corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things:
 
  •  assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders to the board of directors;
 
  •  reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;
 
  •  reviewing succession planning for our executive officers;
 
  •  overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management;
 
  •  determining the compensation of our directors; and
 
  •  recommending members for each board committee of our board of directors.
 
Risk Committee
 
Our risk committee will initially consist of Matthew Gibbs, Stuart M. Page, Mark Puckett and Ganesh Kishore. Mr. Kishore will be the chairman of this committee. Our risk committee charter provides that the members of the committee will include at least one member of our audit committee and one member of our compensation committee.
 
Our risk committee is responsible for, among other things:
 
  •  reviewing and evaluating management’s identification, evaluation and monitoring of risks inherent in our business and operations, including risks related to our assets, properties, liabilities, obligations, business, operations, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and their relative weight;
 
  •  assessing the adequacy and effectiveness of management’s risk assessment, its plans for risk control, management and mitigation, and the disclosure of the risks to our board of directors and our risk committee;
 
  •  reviewing, assessing, and discussing with our chief executive officer and outside counsel and independent auditors, as the committee deems appropriate, management’s framework for risk control and management; any significant business, financial, regulatory, legal or other risks and exposures and risk trends; actions management has taken to identify, assess, monitor, control, measure, manage and report such risks and exposures; and our underlying policies with respect to risk identification, assessment and management;
 
  •  reviewing and assessing our risk tolerance in the context of our business strategy, financial resources and performance;
 
  •  reviewing and assessing our compensation structure in relation to risk management; and
 
  •  reviewing and assessing our organizational governance approach to risk management and our methods for identifying and managing risks.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.
 
Director Compensation for the Year Ended December 31, 2011
 
Directors who are our employees or who are associated with investors in our company, including each of Stuart M. Page, Matthew Gibbs, Ganesh Kishore, Jasbir Singh, Jonathan Schulhof and Michael Schulhof, are not compensated for their service on our board of directors. Each of our directors who were not employed by the company and were not associated with an investor in our company, such as John Clarke and Mark Puckett, received the following compensation for board and committee services during 2011:
 
  •  retainer paid in cash in an amount equal to $12,500 per quarter;


70


Table of Contents

 
  •  a one time option award to acquire 156,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to their grant date fair market value; and
 
  •  a one time grant of 5,000 shares of our common stock.
 
All directors are entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors and committees of the board of directors.
 
The following table summarizes the total compensation of each of our non-employee directors in 2011:
 
                                 
    Fees
           
    Earned or
  Stock
  Option
   
    Paid in
  Awards
  Awards
   
Name   Cash ($)   ($) (1)   ($) (1)   Total ($)
 
John Clarke
  $ 37,500     $ 5,750     $ 93,600     $ 136,850  
Mark Puckett
    34,615       5,750       93,600       133,965  
Jonathan Schulhof
                       
Matthew Gibbs
                       
Ganesh Kishore
                       
Jasbir Singh
                       
Michael Schulhof
                       
 
 
(1) Amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards or option awards calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Stock Compensation, or FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions we use in computing grant date fair values are described in Note N “Stock Based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Each of Messrs. Clarke and Puckett were awarded 156,000 options in 2011. As of December 31, 2011, all of these options remained outstanding. The grant date fair value for each of these option awards is reflected in the table above. In 2011, each of Messrs. Clarke and Puckett received 5,000 shares of restricted stock that vested immediately upon grant. The grant date fair value for each of these stock awards is reflected in the table above.


71


Table of Contents

 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
Overview
 
The compensation committee of our board of directors has overall responsibility for the compensation program for our executive officers. Members of the compensation committee are appointed by the board. Currently, the compensation committee consists of four members of the board, none of whom are executive officers of our company.
 
Our executive compensation program is designed to encourage our executives to focus on building stockholder value and maximizing rational growth and bottom line results.
 
Our objective is to provide a competitive total compensation package to attract and retain key personnel and drive effective results. To achieve this objective, the compensation committee has implemented and maintains a compensation plan that includes a significant equity-based pay component, thereby aligning the interests of our executive officers with those of our company. Our executive compensation program provides for the following elements:
 
  •  base salaries, which are designed to allow us to attract and retain qualified candidates in a highly competitive market;
 
  •  variable compensation in the form of discretionary bonuses which provides additional cash compensation and is designed to reward individuals based on merit, individual and team performance and additional criteria selected by our compensation committee;
 
  •  equity compensation, principally in the form of options, which are granted to incentivize executive behavior that results in increased stockholder value; and
 
  •  a benefits package that is available to all of our employees.
 
A detailed description of these components is provided below.
 
Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program
 
Base Salary.  We utilize base salary as the primary means of providing compensation for performing the essential elements of an executive’s job. We attempt to set our base salaries at levels that allow us to attract and retain executives in competitive markets.
 
Variable Pay.  Our variable pay compensation, in the form of an annual discretionary cash bonus, is intended to incentivize our executives to meet our corporate objectives and compensate them for achieving these objectives. In addition, our variable pay compensation is intended to reward and incentivize our executives for individual and team performance and additional criteria selected by our compensation committee from time to time.
 
Equity-Based Compensation.  Our equity-based compensation is intended to enhance our ability to retain talent over the long-term, to reward longer-term efforts that enhance future value and to provide executives with a form of reward that aligns their interests with those of our stockholders. Executives whose skills and results we deem to be critical to our long-term success are eligible to receive higher levels of equity-based compensation. Executives typically receive an equity award upon commencement of their employment in the form of an option that vests over a period of time. Thereafter, they may receive additional awards from time to time as the compensation committee determines consistent with the objectives described above.
 
Benefits.  Our benefits, such as our basic health benefits, 401(k) plan and life insurance, are intended to provide a stable array of support to executives and their families throughout various stages of their careers, and these core benefits are provided to all executives regardless of their individual performance levels. The 401(k) plan allows participants to defer an amount of their annual compensation up to the cap set by the Internal Revenue Code. The executives’ elective deferrals are immediately vested and nonforfeitable upon contribution to the 401(k) plan.
 
Taxes.  Our compensation committee does not have any particular policies concerning the payment of tax obligations on behalf of our employees. We are required by law to withhold a portion of every compensation payment we make to our employees. In the case of noncash compensation, such as restricted stock awards, that means that either we withhold a portion of the noncash compensation payment and pay cash to the appropriate tax authorities or that the employees make a direct cash payment to us in lieu of our


72


Table of Contents

withholding a portion of the noncash compensation. All payments to or on behalf of our employees, including tax payments, are considered compensation and are evaluated by our compensation committee as part of our overall compensation packages. In the future, our compensation committee will consider all possible forms of compensation, including payment of tax obligations on behalf of our employees, in determining how best to compensate our employees to achieve the overall objectives of our compensation program.
 
Determining the Amount of Each Element of Compensation
 
Overview.  The amount of each element of our compensation program is determined by our compensation committee on an annual basis taking into consideration the results of our operations, long and short-term goals, individual goals, the competitive market for our executives, the experience of our compensation committee members with similar companies and general economic factors.
 
Our chief executive officer provides input to the compensation committee on the performance and compensation levels of our executives, other than himself, as well as information regarding promotions and assumption of additional duties, but he does not have a vote on the compensation committee. Other than for himself, he recommends the base salaries for his direct reports, subject to compensation committee and board approval. Once the level of compensation is set for the year, the compensation committee may revisit its decisions and approvals if there are material developments during the year, such as promotions, that may warrant a change in compensation. After the year is over, the compensation committee reviews the performance of the executive officers and key employees to assess the overall functioning of our compensation plans against our goals.
 
Base Salary.  Our compensation committee reviews our executives’ base salaries on an annual basis taking into consideration the factors described above as well as changes in position or responsibilities. In the event of material changes in position, responsibilities or other factors, the compensation committee may consider modifying an executive’s base pay during the course of the year.
 
The base salaries for each of Messrs. Page, Bierhaus, Ishoey and Babcock did not increase in 2011. Mr. Perez joined the company in August 2011. His base salary for 2011, as reflected below, was agreed upon with us on an arms-length basis as part of his employment agreement with us. In August 2011, our compensation committee increased the base salary for Mr. Friske by $80,000, making his annual base salary $200,000 per year, in connection with the compensation committee’s annual review of base salaries. This increase for Mr. Friske was made based upon his greater time commitment to the company. We summarize the changes in base salary of our named executive officers for 2010 and 2011 in the table below:
 
                                 
    2010
  2011
       
Name   Base Salary   Base Salary        
 
Stuart M. Page
  $ 300,000     $ 300,000                  
Victor M. Perez
          230,000                  
Harry Friske
    120,000 (1)     200,000 (2)                
William M. Bierhaus II
    220,000       220,000                  
Thomas Ishoey
    220,000       220,000                  
John A. Babcock
    200,000       200,000                  
 
 
(1) Effective August 1, 2010, our compensation committee increased Mr. Friske’s base salary from $81,000 to $120,000.
 
(2) Effective August 22, 2011, our compensation committee increased Mr. Friske’s base salary from $120,000 to $200,000.
 
Variable Pay.  Our variable pay compensation, in the form of an annual discretionary cash bonus, is intended to incentivize our executives to meet our corporate objectives and compensate them for achieving these objectives. In addition, our variable pay compensation is intended to reward and incentivize our executives for individual and team performance and additional criteria selected by our compensation committee from time to time. In determining the 2011 discretionary cash bonuses (other than for Mr. Page), the compensation committee considered the recommendations of our chief executive officer in addition to their own evaluations when determining the extent of each named executive officers’ discretionary bonus. Each of Messrs. Page, Perez, Friske and Ishoey earned a discretionary bonus for 2011 in the amount set forth in the


73


Table of Contents

table below. The discretionary bonuses were awarded at the end of 2011 to each of these named executive officers in recognition of their contributions towards the filing of the registration statement relating to this offering and the successful completion of the sale of our series C preferred stock in December 2011. Our remaining named executive officers did not earn a 2011 discretionary bonus.
 
                         
        2011
  Percentage of
    2011
  Discretionary
  2011 Base
Name   Base Salary   Bonus   Salary
 
Stuart M. Page
  $ 300,000     $ 60,000       20.0 %
Victor M. Perez
    230,000       8,255       3.6  
Harry Friske
    200,000       20,000       10.0  
Thomas Ishoey
    220,000       22,000       10.0  
 
Allocation of Equity Compensation Awards
 
In 2011, we granted the following stock options to our named executive officers:
 
         
    Number of Shares
Name   Underlying Options
 
Stuart M. Page
    52,174  
Victor M. Perez
    407,178  
Harry Friske
    17,391  
William M. Bierhaus II
    19,130  
Thomas Ishoey
    19,130  
 
The option grants set forth in the table above were made on December 26, 2011 as part of our compensation committee’s normal annual review of equity grants to increase our executive officers’ interest in the long-term success of our company. None of these grants were based on any paid compensation studies.
 
The options granted to our named executive officers in 2011 became immediately vested at the time of grant, except for a grant of 400,000 options made to Mr. Perez pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement. Instead of awarding higher cash discretionary bonuses to our named executive officers at the end of 2011 and in an effort to preserve cash, our compensation committee awarded options that became vested immediately, rather than over a period of time, as a discretionary reward for 2011 performance. The 400,000 options granted to Mr. Perez vest over a period of four years, with 25% of the shares vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and an additional 1/36th of the remaining shares vesting on the last day of each of the first 36 calendar months after the first anniversary. Our compensation committee does not apply a rigid formula in allocating options to executives as a group or to any particular executive. Instead, our compensation committee exercises its judgment and discretion and considers, among other things, the role and responsibility of the executive, competitive factors, the amount of stock-based equity compensation already held by the executive, the non-equity compensation received by the executive and the total number of options to be granted to all participants during the year.
 
Timing of Equity Awards
 
Our compensation committee generally grants options to executives and current employees at the time they begin their employment with us. In addition, we also review equity holdings and potential grants on an annual basis, and we have historically also made additional grants in connection with major events such as third party financings. We do not have any program, plan or practice to time option grants in coordination with the release of material non-public information. As a privately held company, our compensation committee has historically determined the exercise price of options based on valuations determined by the board of directors, but will switch to the trading price of our common stock on the date of grant upon completion of this offering.
 
Executive Equity Ownership
 
We encourage our executives to hold a significant equity interest in our company. However, we do not have specific share retention and ownership guidelines for our executives. We have a policy that, once we become a publicly traded company following this offering, we will not permit our executives to sell our stock


74


Table of Contents

short, will prohibit our executives from holding our stock in a margin account and will prohibit the purchase and sale of puts, calls or other derivative securities or exchange-traded options on our stock by our executives.
 
Type of Equity Awards
 
Historically, we have only issued stock options and restricted stock. However, our 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan permits us to issue stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance stock.
 
Severance and Change in Control Arrangements
 
See “— Employment Arrangements with Named Executive Officers” and “— Payments Upon Termination or Upon Change in Control” below for a description of the severance and change in control arrangements we have with our named executive officers. The compensation committee believed that these arrangements were necessary to attract and retain our named executive officers. The terms of these arrangements were determined in negotiation with the applicable named executive officer and were not based on any set formula. These arrangements were structured to provide an incentive to our named executive officers to remain with our company.
 
Effect of Accounting and Tax Treatment on Compensation Decisions
 
In the review and establishment of our compensation programs, we consider the anticipated accounting and tax implications to us and our executives. In this regard, following the completion of this offering, we may begin utilizing restricted stock and restricted stock units as additional forms of equity compensation incentives. While we consider the applicable accounting and tax treatment of alternative forms of equity compensation, these factors alone are not dispositive, and we also consider the cash and non-cash impact of the programs and whether a program is consistent with our overall compensation philosophy and objectives.
 
After we become a public company, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and related guidance from the Internal Revenue Service will generally impose a limit on the amount of compensation that we may deduct in any one year with respect to our chief executive officer and each of our next three most highly compensated executive officers, unless specific and detailed criteria are satisfied. Performance-based compensation, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, is fully deductible if the plan under which the compensation is paid is approved by stockholders and meets other requirements. In addition, certain compensation paid under our plans that existed before we became a public company is not subject to the limitations imposed by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. We believe that certain grants of equity awards under our option plans that existed before we became a public company will not be subject to the limitations imposed by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, thereby permitting us to receive a federal income tax deduction in connection with such awards. In general, we have determined that we will not seek to limit executive compensation so that it is deductible under Section 162(m). However, from time to time, we will monitor whether it might be in our interests to structure our compensation programs to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m). We seek to maintain flexibility in compensating our executives in a manner designed to promote our corporate goals, and therefore our compensation committee has not adopted a policy requiring all compensation to be deductible. Our compensation committee will continue to assess the impact of Section 162(m) on our compensation practices and determine what further action, if any, is appropriate.
 
Role of Executives in Executive Compensation Decisions
 
Our compensation committee generally seeks input from our chief executive officer, Stuart M. Page, when discussing the performance of and compensation levels for executives other than himself. The compensation committee also works with Mr. Page in evaluating the financial, accounting, tax and retention implications of our various compensation programs. Neither Mr. Page nor any of our other executives participates in deliberations relating to his or her own compensation.


75


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during 2010 and 2011.
 
                                                         
                Stock
  Option
  All Other
   
Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary   Bonus   Awards(1)   Awards(1)   Compensation   Total
 
Stuart M. Page
    2011     $ 300,000     $ 60,000           $ 31,304           $ 391,304  
President and Chief Executive Officer
    2010       298,958       100,000             27,926             426,884  
Victor M. Perez
    2011       83,744       8,255             244,307             336,306  
Chief Financial Officer (2)
                                                       
Harry Friske
    2011       180,513       20,000             10,435             210,948  
Former Chief Financial Officer; Controller (3)
    2010       99,612                   3,825             103,437  
William M. Bierhaus II
    2011       357,083                   11,478             368,561  
Senior Vice President of Business Development (4)
    2010       219,777                   14,198             233,975  
Thomas Ishoey
    2011       220,000       22,000             11,478             253,478  
Chief Technology Officer
                                                       
John A. Babcock
    2011       200,257                               200,257  
Former Senior Vice President of Operations (5)
    2010       200,000       40,000             14,995             254,995  
 
 
(1) Amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards or option awards calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in Note N “Stock Based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
(2) Mr. Perez became our Chief Financial Officer on August 22, 2011.
 
(3) Mr. Friske served as our Chief Financial Officer until Victor M. Perez was named Chief Financial Officer on August 22, 2011. Mr. Friske currently serves as our Controller.
 
(4) For 2011, the Salary column includes $137,083 in sales commissions. For 2010, the Salary column includes $48,008 in sales commissions.
 
(5) On December 9, 2011, Mr. Babcock’s employment with us terminated. Kenneth E. Nimitz currently serves as our Senior Vice President of Operations.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2011
 
The following table sets forth each grant of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during 2011:
 
                                         
            All Other
       
        All Other Stock
  Option
       
        Awards:
  Awards:
  Exercise
  Grant Date
        Number of
  Number of
  Price of
  Fair Value of
        Shares of
  Securities
  Option
  Stock and
    Grant
  Stock
  Underlying
  Awards
  Option
Name   Date   or Units (#)   Options (#)(1)   ($/SH)(2)   Awards($)(3)
 
Stuart M. Page
    12/26/2011             52,174     $ 1.15     $ 31,304  
Victor M. Perez.
    12/26/2011             7,178       1.15       4,307  
      12/26/2011             400,000       1.15       240,000  
Harry Friske
    12/26/2011             17,391       1.15       10,435  
William M. Bierhaus II
    12/26/2011             19,130       1.15       11,478  
Thomas Ishoey.
    12/26/2011             19,130       1.15       11,478  
 
 
(1) Except for the 400,000 option grant made to Mr. Perez, all of the options reflected in the table above vested in full as of the date of grant. The 400,000 option grant made to Mr. Perez vests over a period of four years, with 25% of the shares vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and an additional 1/36th of the remaining shares vesting on the last day of each of the first 36 calendar months after the first anniversary.


76


Table of Contents

 
(2) For a discussion of our methodology for determining the fair value of our common stock, see the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies”.
 
(3) Valuation of these stock and option awards is based on the aggregate dollar amount of stock-based compensation recognized for financial statement reporting purposes computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 over the term of these awards, excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. The assumptions used by us with respect to the valuation of stock and option awards are set forth in Note N “Stock Based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2011 Fiscal Year-End
 
The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2011:
 
                                                 
    Option Awards   Stock Awards
                        Market Value
                    Number of
  of Shares
                    Shares or
  or Units
                    Units of
  of Stock
    Number of Securities Underlying
          Stock That
  That Have
    Unexercised Options   Option
  Option
  Have Not
  Not Vested
    Exercisable(1)   Unexercisable(1)   Exercise Price   Exercise Date   Vested (#)   ($)
 
Stuart M. Page
    289,840       (2)   $ 0.407       03/01/2017           $  
      767,039       255,679 (3)     0.078       10/15/2019              
      277,038       387,854 (4)     0.078       10/15/2020              
      52,174       (5)     1.15       12/26/2021              
Victor M. Perez.
    7,178       (5)     1.15       12/26/2021              
            400,000 (6)     1.15       12/26/2021              
Harry Friske
    22,769       22,768 (7)     0.078       01/01/2020              
      14,230       31,307 (8)     0.078       10/15/2020              
      17,391       (5)     1.15       12/26/2021              
William M. Bierhaus II
    147,890       190,144 (9)     0.078       4/1/2020              
      19,130       (5)     1.15       12/26/2021              
Thomas Ishoey
    150,237       300,475 (10)     0.078       9/22/2020              
      19,130       (5)     1.15       12/26/2021              
 
 
(1) Except as otherwise noted, the options reflected in the table above vest over a period of four years, with 25% of the shares vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and an additional 1/36th of the remaining shares vesting on the last day of each of the first 36 calendar months after the first anniversary.
 
(2) The date of award was March 1, 2007. These options vested over a three year period with 1/36th of the shares vesting on the last day of each of the 36 calendar months after the grant date.
 
(3) The date of award was October 15, 2009. These options vest over a three year period with 1/36th of the shares vesting on the last day of each of the 36 calendar months after the grant date.
 
(4) The date of award was October 15, 2010. These options vest over a three year period with 1/36th of the shares vesting on the last day of each of the 36 calendar months after the grant date.
 
(5) The date of award was December 26, 2011. These options vested immediately at the time of grant.
 
(6) The date of award was December 26, 2011.
 
(7) The date of award was January 1, 2010.
 
(8) The date of award was October 15, 2010.
 
(9) The date of award was April 1, 2010.
 
(10) The date of award was September 22, 2010.
 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
 
None of our named executive officers exercised any options in 2011 or had any stock vest in 2011.


77


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits
 
None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us.
 
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
 
None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in non-qualified defined contribution plans or other deferred compensation plans maintained by us.
 
Employment Arrangements with Named Executive Officers
 
Stuart M. Page
 
We are party to an employment agreement with our chief executive officer, Stuart M. Page, dated March 1, 2007. Mr. Page’s initial annual base salary was set at $275,004, subject to increase from time to time. The employment agreement also provided for certain initial option and restricted stock awards, all of which have since vested.
 
If we terminate Mr. Page’s employment without “cause” or Mr. Page terminates his employment with us for “good reason”, he is entitled to (i) continued base salary payments for twelve months, (ii) continued medical benefits for twelve months and (iii) continued vesting of any unvested shares and options granted to him at the time he became an employee for an additional six month period after his termination. If we terminate Mr. Page’s employment for “cause” or if Mr. Page terminates his employment with us without “good reason”, Mr. Page will not be entitled to receive any payment from us other than the portion of his base salary that is earned but unpaid.
 
For this purpose, “cause” is defined as any of the following: (i) the commission of any act of fraud or embezzlement by Mr. Page; (ii) any unauthorized use or disclosure by Mr. Page of any of our material confidential information or trade secrets; (iii) Mr. Page’s indictment for, conviction of, or plea of no contest with respect to any felony violation or any crime of moral turpitude or dishonesty; (iv) Mr. Page’s unauthorized absence from work for reasons other than illness or legally protected leave of absence; (v) Mr. Page’s substance abuse or other misconduct that in any manner materially interferes with the performance of his duties on behalf of us; (vi) any failure or refusal by Mr. Page to perform his duties in an acceptable manner or to follow the lawful and proper directives of our board of directors that are within the scope of his duties in each case after a reasonable notice and cure period not less than 15 days; or (vii) any other misconduct by Mr. Page that adversely affects our business or affairs after a reasonable notice and cure period not less than 15 days.
 
For this purpose, “good reason” is defined as Mr. Page’s voluntary resignation within six months following: (i) a change in his position with us that materially reduces his duties and responsibilities; (ii) a reduction in Mr. Page’s base salary by more than 5%, other than a reduction that, by resolution of our board of directors including Mr. Page’s consent, is applicable to all of our executive officers generally; or (iii) a relocation of his principal place of employment by more than seventy-five miles without his consent; provided and only if any such change, reduction or relocation is effected by us without Mr. Page’s consent.
 
If an “acceleration event” occurs, options granted to Mr. Page at the time of the commencement of his employment and in connection with prior third party financings will accelerate and vest in full. As of December 31, 2011, there were 643,533 outstanding unvested options held by Mr. Page that would be subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of an “acceleration event”. For this purpose, “acceleration event” is defined as (i) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity or (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the outstanding shares of our stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the successor entity and the holders of our outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of such transaction.
 
If Mr. Page’s employment is terminated for any reason, he is subject to: ongoing confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations; restrictive covenants of non-solicitation of employees for a period of two years from his termination date and non-solicitation of customers for a period of one year from his termination date; and restrictive covenants of non-competition for a period of nine months from his termination date if Mr. Page resigns or is terminated for cause or six months from his termination date following our termination of his employment for any other reason.


78


Table of Contents

Victor M. Perez
 
We are party to an employment agreement with our chief financial officer, Victor M. Perez, dated July 26, 2011. Mr. Perez’s initial annual base salary was set at $230,000, subject to increase from time to time. The employment agreement also provides for an initial option grant of 400,000 options which were granted on December 26, 2011.
 
If we terminate Mr. Perez’s employment without “cause” or Mr. Perez terminates his employment with us for “good reason”, he is entitled to (i) that portion of any bonus earned but unpaid, (ii) continued base salary payments for six months and (iii) continued medical benefits for six months. If we terminate Mr. Perez’s employment for “cause” or if Mr. Perez terminates his employment with us without “good reason”, Mr. Perez will not be entitled to receive any payment from us other than the portion of his base salary that is earned but unpaid.
 
For this purpose, “cause” is defined as any of the following: (i) being convicted of, or submitting a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude, (ii) engaging in grossly negligent or willful misconduct in the performance of duties, which actions have had a material detrimental effect on us, (iii) breaching any material provision of the employment agreement, (iv) engaging in conduct which is materially injurious, to us (including, without limitation, misuse or misappropriation of our funds or other property) or (v) committing an act of fraud; provided, however, that we must give Mr. Perez written notice of the acts or omissions constituting cause within 60 days after one of our officers (other than Mr. Perez) first learns of the occurrence of such acts or omissions, and no termination shall be for cause under clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) unless and until Mr. Perez has been afforded an opportunity to cure such acts or omissions and has failed to do so within 15 days following receipt of such written notice or of having been afforded the opportunity to cure, whichever occurs later.
 
For this purpose, “good reason” is defined as the occurrence of one of the following without Mr. Perez’s consent: (i) a cumulative reduction of ten percent or more in his base salary, except a reduction which is approved by our board of directors, is applicable to all of our executive officers and does not occur in connection with or after an acceleration event (as such term is defined below); (ii) a demotion or assigning to a lesser position as measured by title, a material diminution in Mr. Perez’s authority, duties, responsibilities or reporting relationship; (iii) a permanent relocation in the geographic location at which Mr. Perez is normally required to perform services to a location more than 75 miles from the location at which he normally performed services immediately before the relocation; or (iv) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by us of his employment agreement. If Mr. Perez alleges good reason as a basis for his termination of employment, (i) he must provide notice to us of the event alleged to constitute good reason within 90 days after the occurrence of such event and (ii) we must have the opportunity to remedy the alleged good reason event within 30 days from receipt of notice of such allegation. If not remedied within that 30-day period, Mr. Perez may submit a notice of termination, provided that the notice of termination must be given no later than 60 days after the expiration of such 30-day period.
 
If an “acceleration event” occurs, 50% of any remaining unvested options granted to Mr. Perez will accelerate and vest in full. As of December 31, 2011, there were outstanding 400,000 unvested options held by Mr. Perez that would be subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of an “acceleration event”. For this purpose, “acceleration event” is defined as (i) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the outstanding shares of our stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the successor entity and the holders of our outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) prior to the effective date of registration of the sale of any of our securities pursuant to the Securities Act, we (in one or a series of transactions) effect the issuance of voting securities to one or more persons or entities not affiliated with us, resulting in our stockholders prior to any such transaction not retaining at least 51% of our issued and outstanding voting securities following the transaction or (iv) any entity, person or group of persons acting as a group, who previously owned no shares of our stock, or owned shares of our stock which in the aggregate represented less than a majority of the combined voting power of all shares of our stock, acquires the majority of our combined voting power.


79


Table of Contents

If Mr. Perez’s employment is terminated for any reason, he is subject to: ongoing confidentiality and nondisclosure obligations; restrictive covenants of non-solicitation of employees for a period of two years from his termination date and non-solicitation of customers for a period of nine months from his termination date if Mr. Perez resigns or is terminated for cause or six months from his termination date following our termination of his employment for any reason other than cause; and restrictive covenants of non-competition for a period of nine months from his termination date if Mr. Perez resigns or is terminated for cause or six months from his termination date following our termination of his employment for any other reason.
 
Harry Friske
 
We are party to an employment agreement with Mr. Friske dated December 10, 2009, which was superseded by an agreement dated August 12, 2011. In his 2009 agreement, Mr. Friske’s initial annual base salary was set at $81,000, subject to increase from time to time. In his 2011 agreement, Mr. Friske’s initial annual base salary was set at $200,000.
 
Mr. Friske’s 2011 agreement provides that he is entitled to a $15,000 performance bonus for his contribution to our initial public offering process upon the first to occur of February 12, 2012, the successful completion of this offering or termination without cause.
 
If we terminate Mr. Friske’s employment without “cause”, he is entitled to an amount equal to one-half of six months salary to be paid over a six month period on regular payroll dates and the extension of all benefits during that six month period. If we terminate Mr. Friske’s employment for “cause”, Mr. Friske will not be entitled to receive any payment from us other than the portion of his base salary that is earned but unpaid. For this purpose, “cause” has the same definition as in Mr. Page’s employment agreement.
 
If Mr. Friske’s employment is terminated for any reason, he is subject to: ongoing confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations; restrictive covenants of non-solicitation of employees for a period of two years from his termination date and non-solicitation of customers for a period of nine months from his termination date if Mr. Friske resigns or is terminated for cause or six months from his termination date following our termination of his employment for any reason other than cause; and restrictive covenants of non-competition for a period of nine months from his termination date if Mr. Friske resigns or is terminated for cause or six months from his termination date following our termination of his employment for any other reason.
 
William M. Bierhaus II
 
We are party to an employment agreement with Mr. Bierhaus dated March 5, 2010. Mr. Bierhaus’ initial annual base salary was set at $220,000, subject to increase from time to time. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. Bierhaus would receive a 10% commission from all sales during his first year of employment. This commission rate will be reviewed by us annually and has since been lowered to 6% of sales generally and 8% of sales for some existing customers. The employment agreement also provides for an initial grant of 338,034 options to Mr. Bierhaus which were granted on April 1, 2010.
 
If we terminate Mr. Bierhaus’ employment without “cause”, he is entitled to continued base salary payments for six months, to be paid on regular payroll dates. If we terminate Mr. Bierhaus’ employment for “cause”, Mr. Bierhaus will not be entitled to receive any payment from us other than the portion of his base salary that is earned but unpaid. For this purpose, “cause” has the same definition as in Mr. Page’s employment agreement.
 
If Mr. Bierhaus’ employment is terminated for any reason, he is subject to: ongoing confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations; restrictive covenants of non-solicitation of employees for a period of two years from his termination date and non-solicitation of customers for a period of nine months from his termination date if Mr. Bierhaus resigns or is terminated for cause or six months from his termination date following our termination of his employment for any reason other than cause; and restrictive covenants of non-competition for a period of nine months from his termination date if Mr. Bierhaus resigns or is terminated for cause or six months from his termination date following our termination of his employment for any other reason.
 
Thomas Ishoey
 
We are party to an employment agreement with our chief technology officer, Thomas Ishoey, dated August 10, 2010. Mr. Ishoey’s initial annual base salary was set at $220,000, subject to increase from time to time. The employment agreement also provides for an initial option grant of 450,712 options which were granted on September 22, 2010.


80


Table of Contents

If we terminate Mr. Ishoey’s employment without “cause”, he is entitled to an amount equal to one-half of six months salary to be paid over a six month period on regular payroll dates. If we terminate Mr. Ishoey’s employment for “cause”, Mr. Ishoey will not be entitled to receive any payment from us other than the portion of his base salary that is earned but unpaid. For this purpose, “cause” has the same definition as in Mr. Page’s employment agreement.
 
If Mr. Ishoey’s employment is terminated for any reason, he is subject to: ongoing confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations; restrictive covenants of non-solicitation of employees for a period of two years from his termination date and non-solicitation of customers for a period of nine months from his termination date if Mr. Ishoey resigns or is terminated for cause or six months from his termination date following our termination of his employment for any reason other than cause; and restrictive covenants of non-competition for a period of nine months from his termination date if Mr. Ishoey resigns or is terminated for cause or six months from his termination date following our termination of his employment for any other reason.
 
John A. Babcock
 
Mr. Babcock’s employment with us terminated on December 9, 2011. We were party to an employment agreement with Mr. Babcock dated December 5, 2005. In connection with his termination, Mr. Babcock did not receive any payment from us other than the portion of his base salary that was earned but unpaid as of December 9, 2011. Mr. Babcock is subject to: ongoing confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations; and restrictive covenants of non-solicitation of employees for a period of two years from his termination date and non-solicitation of customers for a period of one year from his termination date.
 
Payments Upon Termination or Upon Change in Control
 
The following table sets forth information concerning the payments that would be received by each of our named executive officers upon a termination of their employment without cause or for good reason and concerning the accelerated vesting of options upon an acceleration event. The table assumes the termination occurred on December 31, 2011 and uses the fair value of $1.15 for each share of our common stock as of that date. The table only shows additional amounts that the named executive officers would be entitled to receive upon termination and does not show other items of compensation that may be earned and payable at such time such as earned but unpaid base salary.
 
                 
    Severance Payment
   
    and Benefits
   
    Continuation Upon
  Accelerated
    Termination Without
  Vesting of Options
    Cause or for Good
  Upon an
Name   Reason   Acceleration Event
 
Stuart M. Page
  $ 306,900 (1)   $ 689,578 (5)
Victor M. Perez
    130,851 (2)     (5)
Harry Friske
    53,450 (3)      
William M. Bierhaus II
    110,000 (4)      
Thomas Ishoey
    110,000 (4)      
 
 
(1) Consists of one year of base salary and one year of continued medical benefits.
 
(2) Consists of that portion of any bonus earned but unpaid (which was $8,255 at December 31, 2011) and six months of base salary and continued medical benefits.
 
(3) Only in the case of termination of his employment without cause, consists of one-half of six months of base salary to be paid over a six-month period and six months of continued employee benefits.
 
(4) Only in the case of termination of his employment without cause, consists of six months of base salary.
 
(5) Outstanding options as of December 31, 2011 are set forth above under “— Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Year-End”. As of December 31, 2011, the fair market value of our common stock was equal to or less than the exercise price of Mr. Perez’s options that are subject to acceleration upon a change of control.
 
Post-Initial Public Offering Compensation
 
In anticipation of our initial public offering, our compensation committee commissioned a third-party compensation consultant to perform an analysis of our management compensation, including the compensation


81


Table of Contents

of our named executive officers, in comparison to the management of similar companies. This analysis was particularly focused on the overall compensation of the members of our management. The peer group for this analysis consisted of:
 
         
A123 Systems, Inc. 
  FuelCell Energy, Inc.   Myriant, Inc.
American Superconductor Corporation
  FX Energy, Inc.   PetroAlgae, Inc.
Amyris, Inc. 
  Genomatica, Inc.   Rentech, Inc.
Approach Resources, Inc. 
  Gevo, Inc.   Rex Energy Corporation
BPZ Resources, Inc. 
  HyperDynamics Corporation   Solazyme, Inc.
Cobalt International Energy, Inc. 
  KiOR, Inc.   Synthesis Energy Systems, Inc.
Codexis, Inc. 
  Luca Technologies, Inc.   Syntroleum Corporation
Energy Recovery, Inc. 
  Metabolix, Inc.   Verenium Corporation
 
This peer group was selected because it is comprised of oil and gas technology companies that have a business focus that is comparable to ours and because our compensation committee views the members of this peer group to be potential competitors for management talent. The third-party compensation consultant helped our compensation committee determine the peer group of companies and provided the committee with an analysis of the management compensation of those peer group companies.
 
As a result of that analysis, our compensation committee determined that the total current compensation applicable to our named executive officers, consisting of base salary, variable pay in the form of cash bonuses and long-term incentive equity compensation, generally fell below the 50th percentile of this peer group. In April 2012, our compensation committee approved a compensation structure for our management team, including our named executive officers, that would go into effect after the completion of this offering. Our compensation committee determined to adjust the total compensation of each named executive officer so that his total post-initial public offering compensation, consisting of base salary, variable pay in the form of cash bonuses and long-term incentive equity compensation, would be at or just below the 50th percentile of his respective peers in the peer group.
 
The following table sets forth the post-initial public offering base salaries of our named executive officers:
 
                         
    2011
          Post-IPO
 
Name   Base Salary     Increase     Base Salary  
 
Stuart M. Page
  $ 300,000     $ 100,000     $ 400,000  
Victor M. Perez
    230,000       30,000       260,000  
Harry Friske
    200,000             200,000  
William M. Bierhaus II
    220,000       30,000       250,000  
Thomas I. Ishoey
    220,000       30,000       250,000  
 
The compensation committee also set target cash bonus amounts and a target dollar value for long-term incentive awards for each of our named executive officers.
 
                 
    Post-IPO
    Target Value for
 
    Target Cash
    Long-Term
 
Name   Bonus     Incentive Awards  
 
Stuart M. Page
  $ 200,000     $ 800,000  
Victor M. Perez
    110,000       175,000  
Harry Friske
    30,000       60,000  
William M. Bierhaus II
    100,000       165,000  
Thomas I. Ishoey
    100,000       165,000  
 
The amounts of cash bonus and long-term incentives awarded to our named executive officers will be determined by our compensation committee at the end of the year at which time the compensation committee will use its discretion to determine whether the named executive officers achieved objectives determined by the committee. For 2012, we anticipate that these objectives for each of our named executive officers will be based upon some combination of: our revenues; successful deployment of additional AERO System projects; successful deployment of the AERO System in our Etzold field and any additional temporarily abandoned and


82


Table of Contents

low-producing mature oil fields we acquire; successfully recruiting additional members of our management team; and maintaining safe operating procedures. At this time, the compensation committee has not determined the form of equity award that the long-term incentives will take, but anticipates awarding some combination of restricted stock and options.
 
Employee Benefit Plans
 
2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan
 
Our board of directors has adopted, subject to the approval of such adoption by our stockholders, the Glori Energy, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or our 2012 Plan, effective [          , 2012]. Our 2012 Plan provides for the grant of options to purchase our common stock, both incentive options that are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and nonqualified options that are not intended to satisfy such requirements, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance stock, performance units, other stock-based awards and certain cash awards.
 
We have reserved for issuance under our 2012 Plan [          ] shares of our common stock.
 
Our employees are eligible to receive awards under our 2012 Plan. In addition, (1) the non-employee directors of our company, (2) the consultants, agents, representatives, advisors and independent contractors who render services to our company and its affiliates that are not in connection with the offer and sale of our company’s securities in a capital raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for our company’s securities and (3) other persons designated by our board of directors, will be eligible to receive awards settled in shares of our common stock, other than incentive stock options, under our 2012 Plan.
 
Our board of directors will administer our 2012 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors, and our compensation committee will administer our 2012 Plan with respect to awards to employees and other non-employee service providers other than non-employee directors. In administering awards under our 2012 Plan, our board of directors or the compensation committee, as applicable (the “committee”), has the power to determine the terms of the awards granted under our 2012 Plan, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each award and the exercisability of the awards. The committee also has full power to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which awards will be made and to make all other determinations and take all other actions advisable for the administration of the plan.
 
Under our 2012 Plan, the committee may grant:
 
  •  options to acquire our common stock. The exercise price of options granted under our 2012 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and the term of an option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to an incentive option granted to any employee who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date;
 
  •  stock appreciation rights, or SARs, which allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. The amount payable under the stock appreciation right may be paid in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, as determined by the committee;
 
  •  restricted stock, which are awards of our shares of common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the committee; and
 
  •  restricted stock units, which are awards that are based on the value of our common stock and may be paid in cash or in shares of our common stock.
 
Under our 2012 Plan, the committee may also grant performance stock, performance unit and annual cash incentive awards. Performance stock and performance units are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the committee are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. It is intended that our 2012 Plan will conform with the standards of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to individuals who are classified as “covered employees” under Section 162(m). The committee will establish organizational or individual performance goals which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and the value of performance stock, performance units and annual cash incentive awards to be paid out to participants. Payment under performance unit awards may be


83


Table of Contents

made in cash or in shares of our common stock with equivalent value, or some combination of the two, as determined by the committee.
 
The amount of, the vesting and the transferability restrictions applicable to any performance stock or performance unit award will be based upon the attainment of such performance goals as the committee may determine. A performance goal will be based on one or more of the following business criteria: earnings per share, earnings per share growth, total stockholder return, economic value added, cash return on capitalization, increased revenue, revenue ratios, per employee or per customer, net income, stock price, market share, return on equity, return on assets, return on capital, return on capital compared to cost of capital, return on capital employed, return on invested capital, stockholder value, net cash flow, operating income, earnings before interest and taxes, cash flow, cash flow from operations, cost reductions, cost ratios, per employee or per customer, proceeds from dispositions, project completion time and budget goals, net cash flow before financing activities, customer growth and total market value.
 
Awards may be granted under our 2012 Plan in substitution for stock options and other awards held by employees of other corporations who are about to become employees of our company or any of our subsidiaries. The terms and conditions of the substitute awards granted may vary from the terms and conditions set forth in our 2012 Plan to the extent our board of directors may deem appropriate.
 
The existence of outstanding awards will not affect in any way the right or power of our company to make any adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in our company’s capital structure or its business. If our company shall effect a capital readjustment or any increase or reduction of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, without receiving compensation therefor in money, services or property, then the number and per share price of our common stock subject to outstanding awards under our 2012 Plan shall be appropriately adjusted.
 
If we are not the surviving entity in any merger, consolidation or other reorganization; if we sell, lease or exchange or agree to sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of our assets; if we are to be dissolved; or if we are a party to any other corporate transaction, then the committee may:
 
  •  accelerate the time at which some or all of the awards then outstanding may be exercised, after which all such awards that remain unexercised shall terminate;
 
  •  require the mandatory surrender to our company of some or all of the then outstanding options and stock appreciation rights as of a date, in which event the committee will then cancel such award and our company will pay to each such holder an amount of cash per share equal to the excess, if any, of the per share price offered to stockholders of our company in connection with such transaction over the exercise or grant price under such award for such shares;
 
  •  have some or all outstanding awards assumed or have a new award of a similar nature substituted for some or all of the then outstanding awards;
 
  •  provide that the number of our shares of common stock covered by an award will be adjusted so that such award when exercised will then cover the number and class or series of our common stock or other securities or property to which the holder of such award would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the agreement or plan relating to such transaction if the holder of such award had been the holder of record of the number of shares of our common stock then covered by such award; or
 
  •  make such adjustments to awards then outstanding as the committee deems appropriate to reflect such transaction.
 
After a merger involving our company, each holder of a restricted stock award granted under our 2012 Plan shall be entitled to have his or her restricted stock appropriately adjusted based on the manner in which the shares of our common stock were adjusted under the terms of the agreement of merger.
 
Awards under our 2012 Plan will be designed, granted and administered in such a manner that they are either exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Our board of directors may alter, amend or terminate our 2012 Plan, and the committee may alter, amend or terminate any award agreement in whole or in part; however, no termination, amendment or modification shall adversely affect in any material way any award previously granted, without the written consent of the holder.


84


Table of Contents

No awards may be granted under our 2012 Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of our 2012 Plan, unless our 2012 Plan is subsequently amended, with the approval of stockholders, to extend the termination date.
 
2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan
 
Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the Glori Oil Limited Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or our 2006 Plan. In December 2010, our 2006 Plan was amended to increase the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2006 Plan by 900,000. Our 2006 Plan allows for the grant of options to purchase our common stock, both incentive options that are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and nonqualified options, restricted stock awards and unrestricted stock awards. Awards under our 2006 Plan may be granted to our officers, employees, directors and other key persons (including consultants and prospective employees). Our compensation committee administers our 2006 Plan and makes all awards under the plan, which awards are then confirmed by our board of directors.
 
We will not issue any new awards under our 2006 Plan after the completion of this offering. The terms of our 2006 Plan, and the applicable award agreements, will continue to govern any outstanding awards issued under the plan. No awards have been issued under our 2006 Plan other than options to purchase our common stock and restricted stock. We do not intend to issue any new awards under our 2006 Plan prior to the completion of this offering other than additional options to purchase our common stock.
 
We have reserved for issuance under our 2006 Plan 5,453,740 shares of our common stock. As of March 31, 2012, options to purchase a total of 4,608,226 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding under our 2006 Plan, a total of 158,932 shares of our common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under our 2006 Plan that had not been repurchased by us and an additional 363,090 shares of our common stock had been issued through other equity awards under our 2006 Plan.
 
Our board of directors has the authority to determine the terms and conditions of the awards granted under our 2006 Plan.
 
Our 2006 Plan provides that in the event of a “sale event”, which term includes a sale of substantially all of our assets, an acquisition of a controlling amount of our outstanding shares and our dissolution or liquidation, the 2006 Plan and all options issued thereunder will be terminated at the effective time of the sale event, unless provision is made in connection with the sale event in the sole discretion of the parties to the sale event for the assumption or continuation of the options by the successor entity or the substitution of the options with new options of the successor entity. In the event of the termination of the 2006 Plan and the options, each holder of options shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the sale event as determined by our board of directors, to exercise all options which are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the sale event. In addition, in the event of a sale event pursuant to which our stockholders would receive a cash payment for shares surrendered in the sale event, we will have the right but not the obligation to make or provide for a cash payment to a holder of an option in exchange for the cancellation of such option an amount equal to the difference between the amount payable to a holder of a share of our common stock as a result of the sale event and the exercise price to acquire a share under the option.
 
The price at which shares of our common stock may be purchased under an option shall be determined by our board of directors, but such price may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date the option is granted or 110 percent of the fair market value of the shares on the date the option is granted if an employee owns (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Internal Revenue Code) more than ten percent of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock and an incentive stock option is granted to such employee.
 
Options granted under the 2006 Plan vest and become exercisable as determined by our board of directors and provided in the applicable award agreement. An option issued under our 2006 Plan generally expires on the tenth anniversary of the date the option is granted, unless terminated earlier.
 
After termination of a grantee’s service to us and our affiliates, he or she may exercise the vested portion of his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement.
 
A grantee shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to our common stock covered by an option until the date a stock certificate for such common stock is issued by us.


85


Table of Contents

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
 
Our post-offering certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
 
  •  any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
 
  •  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
Our post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our post-offering bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered or expect to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
 
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our post-offering certificate of incorporation and our post-offering bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.


86


Table of Contents

 
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Since January 1, 2008, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described under “Management” and “Executive Compensation” and the transactions described below.
 
Preferred Stock Issuances
 
Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock
 
Between November 2006 and September 2008, we sold an aggregate of 47,554,100 shares of series A preferred stock at a price of $0.2208 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $10.5 million. On October 15, 2009, we effected a 100 to 1 reverse stock split on our series A preferred stock. The table below sets forth the number of shares of series A preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders and their affiliates, after giving effect to such reverse stock split:
 
                 
    Number of Shares of
  Aggregate
Investor   Series A Preferred Stock   Purchase Price
 
GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P.(1)
    271,738     $ 6,000,000  
KPCB Holdings, Inc. 
    181,159       4,000,000  
 
 
(1) 269,474 shares of series A preferred stock were sold to GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P. 2,264 shares of series A preferred stock were sold to GTI Ventures LLC, which is the general partner of GTI Co-Investment L.P., which is the general partner of GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P. Michael Schulhof, one of our directors, is a managing director of GTI Capital Group, and Jonathan Schulhof, one of our directors, is a managing partner of GTI Capital Group. GTI Capital Group is managed by GTI Holdings LLC and three other partners. GTI Holdings LLC is owned by Michael Schulhof and Jonathan Schulhof and GTI Holdings LLC is the managing member of GTI Ventures LLC.
 
Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock
 
Between October 2009 and May 2011, we sold an aggregate of 2,901,052 shares of series B preferred stock at a price of $5.5216 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $16.0 million. The table below sets forth the number of shares of series B preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders and their affiliates:
 
                 
    Number of Shares of
  Aggregate
Investor   Series B Preferred Stock   Purchase Price
 
Oxford Bioscience Partners V L.P.(1)
    770,539     $ 4,254,621  
Rawoz Technology Company Ltd.(2)
    769,703       4,250,000  
Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd.(3)
    543,320       3,000,000  
KPCB Holdings, Inc. 
    363,553       2,007,397  
Energy Technology Ventures, LLC
    271,660       1,499,997  
GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P.(4)
    182,277       1,006,473  
 
 
(1) 753,557 and 16,982 shares of series B preferred stock were sold to Oxford Bioscience Partners V L.P. and mRNA Fund V L.P., respectively. Matthew Gibbs is one of our directors and is the general partner of OBP Management V L.P., which is the general partner of Oxford Bioscience Partners V L.P. and mRNA Fund V L.P.
 
(2) Jasbir Singh is one of our directors and is an executive director of Omar Zawawi Establishment (OMZEST) Group, an entity owned by the same stockholders that own Rawoz Technology Company Ltd.
 
(3) Ganesh Kishore is one of our directors and is the chief executive officer of Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd.
 
(4) 180,759 shares of series B preferred stock were sold to GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P. 1,518 shares of series B preferred stock were sold to GTI Ventures LLC, which is the general partner of GTI Co-Investment L.P.,


87


Table of Contents

which is the general partner of GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P. Michael Schulhof, one of our directors, is a managing director of GTI Capital Group, and Jonathan Schulhof, one of our directors, is a managing partner of GTI Capital Group. GTI Capital Group is managed by GTI Holdings LLC and three other partners. GTI Holdings LLC is owned by Michael Schulhof and Jonathan Schulhof and GTI Holdings LLC is the managing member of GTI Ventures LLC.
 
Issuance of Series C Preferred Stock
 
On December 30, 2011 and January 19, 2012, we sold an aggregate of 7,296,607 shares of series C preferred stock for gross proceeds of approximately $20 million. The table below sets forth the number of shares of series C preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders and their affiliates.
 
                 
        Aggregate
    Number of Shares of
  Purchase
Investor   Series C Preferred Stock   Price
 
KPCB Holdings, Inc. 
    182,415     $ 500,000  
Oxford Bioscience Partners V L.P. (1)
    1,459,321       3,999,999  
Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd. (2)
    1,094,490       2,999,997  
Energy Technology Ventures, LLC (3)
    937,623       2,570,025  
Rawoz Technology Company Ltd. (4)
    1,094,491       3,000,000  
GTI Ventures LLC (5)
    36,483       100,000  
 
 
(1) 1,427,159 and 32,162 shares of series C preferred stock were sold to Oxford Bioscience Partners V L.P. and mRNA Fund V L.P., respectively. Matthew Gibbs is one of our directors and is the general partner of OBP Management V L.P., which is the general partner of Oxford Bioscience Partners V L.P. and mRNA Fund V L.P.
 
(2) Ganesh Kishore is one of our directors and is the chief executive officer of Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd.
 
(3) At the closing of the December 30, 2011 sale of our series C preferred stock, the ETV Note was converted into 572,793 shares of series C preferred stock in accordance with the terms of the ETV Note.
 
(4) Jasbir Singh is one of our directors and is an executive director of Omar Zawawi Establishment (OMZEST) Group, an entity owned by the same stockholders that own Rawoz Technology Company Ltd.
 
(5) 36,483 shares of series C preferred stock were sold to GTI Ventures LLC, which is the general partner of GTI Co-Investment L.P., which is the general partner of GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P. Michael Schulhof, one of our directors, is a managing director of GTI Capital Group, and Jonathan Schulhof, one of our directors, is a managing partner of GTI Capital Group. GTI Capital Group is managed by GTI Holdings LLC and three other partners. GTI Holdings LLC is owned by Michael Schulhof and Jonathan Schulhof and GTI Holdings LLC is the managing member of GTI Ventures LLC.
 
Convertible Promissory Note
 
In conjunction with the sale of series B preferred stock to ETV in May 2011, we sold to ETV the ETV Note, which is a convertible promissory note in the principal sum of $1.5 million maturing in November 2012, subject to extension, bearing interest at a fixed rate of 8%. At the closing of the December 30, 2011 sale of our series C preferred stock and in payment of the ETV Note, the ETV Note was converted into 572,793 shares of series C preferred stock in accordance with the terms of the ETV Note by taking the principal outstanding under the ETV Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest through December 20, 2011, and dividing this amount by the series C purchase price per share.
 
Board of Directors
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, the holders of our preferred stock have contractual rights to appoint six members of our board of directors as described under “Management — Composition of the Board of Directors”. This right terminates upon completion of this offering. Some of these appointees will remain on our board following this offering as described under “Management”, but there will not be any contractual obligation to retain these appointees as directors following this offering.


88


Table of Contents

Registration Rights
 
Some of our existing stockholders, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, have registration rights with respect to stock that they hold beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights”.
 
Stock and Stock Options Granted to and Employment Arrangements with Directors and Executive Officers
 
For a description of the grant of stock and stock options to directors and executive officers and employment arrangements with our executive officers, see “Management — Director Compensation for the Year Ended December 31, 2011” and “Executive Compensation”.
 
Indemnification Agreements
 
We have entered or expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into similar indemnification arrangements with our future directors and executive officers.
 
Principal Stockholders
 
We are currently collectively controlled by Oxford, Rawoz, GTI, KPCB, MLSCF and ETV. Based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2012 and excluding beneficial ownership of warrants (assuming the conversion of our series C preferred stock into shares of our common stock on a one-to-one basis upon the closing of this offering, which conversion ratio is subject to adjustment based on the initial public offering price of our common stock in this offering), GTI owned 17.2% of our outstanding voting power, Oxford owned 18.5%, Rawoz owned 17.7%, KPCB owned 15.5%, MLSCF owned 13.2% and ETV owned 7.4%.
 
Effective upon the completion of this offering, all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock of all classes and accrued and unpaid dividends on our series A and series B preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock. There will be no shares of preferred stock of any class outstanding upon completion of this offering. The following table sets forth as of March 31, 2012 the number of shares of our common stock that each of our principal stockholders will receive in connection with this offering:
 
         
    Shares of Our
    Common Stock
    Received in Connection
Principal Stockholder   with the Offering(1)
 
Oxford
    10,573,762  
Rawoz
    10,191,311  
GTI
    8,660,228  
KPCB
    8,736,165  
MLSCF
    7,522,359  
ETV
    3,859,417  
 
 
(1) Represents the number of shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock held by the principal stockholder and accrued and unpaid dividends on such preferred stock (assuming the conversion of our series C preferred stock into shares of our common stock on a one-to-one basis upon the closing of this offering, which conversion ratio is subject to adjustment based on the initial public offering price of our common stock in this offering), subject to additional shares of our common stock being issuable (x) for each day after March 31, 2012 and before this offering is completed for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series A and series B preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 4% for our series A preferred stock and 8% for our series B preferred stock and (y) for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series C preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 8% through December 30, 2012.


89


Table of Contents

 
Procedures for Related Party Transactions
 
Under our code of business conduct and ethics, our employees, officers and directors are discouraged from entering into any transaction that may cause a conflict of interest for us. In addition, they must report any potential conflict of interest, including related party transactions, to our chief executive officer or chief financial officer who then is required to review and summarize the proposed transaction for our board of directors. Pursuant to its charter, our audit committee must approve any related-party transactions, including those transactions involving our directors. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions, the audit committee is charged with considering the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including the material terms of the transactions, risks, benefits, costs, availability of other comparable services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a director’s independence. Our audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion. A copy of our code of business conduct and ethics and audit committee charter may be found at our corporate website www.glorienergy.com upon the completion of this offering.


90


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2012 by:
 
  •  each person who beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;
 
  •  each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table;
 
  •  each of our directors; and
 
  •  all directors and executive officers as a group.
 
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the shares. Common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2012 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
 
Percentage of shares outstanding is based on [          ] shares of our common stock, which comprises and assumes the following:
 
  •  3,066,663 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2012;
 
  •  the conversion, which will occur upon the closing of this offering, of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock into an aggregate of 52,616,197 shares of our common stock (assuming the conversion of our series C preferred stock into shares of our common stock on a one-to-one basis upon the closing of this offering, which conversion ratio is subject to adjustment based on the initial public offering price of our common stock in this offering), subject to additional shares of our common stock being issuable (x) for each day after March 31, 2012 and before this offering is completed for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series A and series B preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 4% for our series A preferred stock and 8% for our series B preferred stock and (y) for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series C preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 8% through December 30, 2012; and
 
  •  the [          ]-to-one reverse split of our common stock on [          , 2012].


91


Table of Contents

 
Unless otherwise indicated to our knowledge, all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares of common stock, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is c/o Glori Energy Inc., 4315 South Drive, Houston, Texas 77053.
 
                                                 
    Number of Shares Beneficially Owned   Percentage of Shares Outstanding
        After Offering
  After Offering
      After Offering
  After Offering
        Assuming No
  Assuming Full
      Assuming No
  Assuming Full
        Exercise of
  Exercise of
      Exercise of
  Exercise of
        Over-
  Over-
      Over-
  Over-
    Before
  Allotment
  Allotment
  Before
  Allotment
  Allotment
Name of Beneficial Owner   Offering   Option   Option   Offering   Option   Option
 
5% Stockholders
                                               
GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P. 
    10,470,426 (1)                     18.5 %             %
Oxford Bioscience Partners V L.P.
    10,573,762 (2)                     19.0                  
Rawoz Technology Company Ltd.
    10,191,311 (3)                     18.3                  
KPCB Holdings, Inc. 
    8,736,165 (4)                     15.7                  
Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd.
    7,522,359 (5)                     13.5                  
Energy Technology Ventures, LLC
    3,859,417 (6)                     6.9                  
Named Executive Officers:
                                               
Stuart M. Page
    1,885,410 (7)                     3.3                  
John A. Babcock
    62,120                       *                  
Harry Friske
    63,876 (8)                     *                  
William M. Bierhaus II
    202,231 (9)                     *                  
Victor M. Perez
    7,178 (10)                     *                  
Thomas Ishoey
    216,316 (11)                     *                  
Non-Employee Directors:
                                               
John Clarke
    5,000                     *                  
Matthew Gibbs
    10,573,762 (12)                     19.0                  
Ganesh Kishore
    7,522,359 (13)                     13.5                  
Mark Puckett
    5,000                     *                  
Jonathan Schulhof
    10,470,426 (14)                     18.5                  
Michael Schulhof
    10,470,426 (15)                     18.5                  
Jasbir Singh
    10,191,311 (16)                     18.3                  
All of our directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)
    41,078,993 (17)                   70.0                  
 
 
Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the total outstanding common stock.
 
(1) GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P. owns 8,551,903 of the referenced shares. GTI Ventures LLC, which owns 946,195 of the referenced shares is the general partner of GTI Co-Investment L.P., which is the general partner of GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P. GTI Holdings LLC is owned by Michael Schulhof and Jonathan Schulhof, who exercise voting and investment control over the referenced shares, and GTI Holdings LLC is the managing member of GTI Ventures LLC. All such entities, Michael Schulhof and Jonathan Schulhof disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interests in such shares. Includes 972,328 shares of common stock subject to a warrant held by GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P., which was exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2012.
 
(2) OBP Management V L.P. is the general partner of Oxford Bioscience Partners V L.P. and mRNA Fund V L.P. Oxford Bioscience Partners V L.P. owns 10,340,726 of the referenced shares and mRNA Fund V L.P. owns 233,036 of the referenced shares. Matthew Gibbs and Jonathan Fleming are the general partners of OBP Management V L.P. All such entities, Mr. Gibbs and Mr. Fleming disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interests in such shares.
 
(3) Rawoz Technology Company Ltd. owns the shares. Dr. Omar Abdul Muniem Al Zawawi has the controlling interest in Rawoz Technology Company Ltd. and has voting and investment power with


92


Table of Contents

respect to such shares. Jasbir Singh is one of our directors and is an executive director of Omar Zawawi Establishment (OMZEST) Group, an entity owned by the same stockholders that own Rawoz Technology Company Ltd. Each of Mr. Singh and Mr. Al Zawawi disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Rawoz Technology Company Ltd. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest.
 
(4) Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers XII, LLC owns 7,796,741 of the referenced shares and KPCB XII Founders Fund, LLC owns 123,467 of the referenced shares. The managing member of Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers XII, LLC and KPCB XII Founders Fund, LLC is KPCB XII Associates, LLC, which is affiliated with Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, a venture capital firm. Brook Byers, John Doerr, Joseph Lacob, Raymond Lane and Ted Schlein are the managers of KPCB XII Associates, LLC and exercise shared voting and dispositive control over the shares held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers XII, LLC and KPCB XII Founders Fund, LLC. Each manager of KPCB XII disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of the manager’s pecuniary interests in such shares. These 7,920,208 shares are held for convenience in the name of “KPCB Holdings, Inc.,” which also holds an additional 815,957 shares for the accounts of such managers and other individuals and entities that exercise their own voting and dispositive control over the shares for their respective accounts. KPCB Holdings, Inc. has no voting or dispositive power or pecuniary interest in any of such 815,957 shares.
 
(5) Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd. owns the shares. Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Management Company Ltd. is the manager of Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd. The following individuals comprise an investment committee of Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd.: Steven Burrill, Dr. Roger Wyse, Dr. John Hamer, Dr. Ganesh Kishore, Norhalim Yunus, Mariamah Daud and Rashidan Shah Abdul Rahim. The members of the investment committee exercise shared voting and dispositive control over the shares held by Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd. Mr. Kishore is also the chief executive officer of Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd. Each member of the investment committee disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd. except to the extent of the member’s pecuniary interest.
 
(6) Energy Technology Ventures, LLC is a joint venture between three members: General Electric Capital Corporation, NRG Cleantech Investments, LLC (a subsidiary of NRG Energy, Inc.) and ConocoPhillips Company. Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement governing the joint venture, the power to direct the voting of the referenced shares and the dispositive power with respect to the referenced shares rests with each of the members. Each member or, in the case of NRG Cleantech Investments, LLC, its parent company is a public company ultimately controlled by its board of directors, the names and identities of which are publicly available.
 
(7) Includes 1,620,480 shares of common stock subject to options which were exercisable on or within 60 days of March 31, 2012.
 
(8) Consists of 63,876 shares of common stock subject to options which were exercisable on or within 60 days of March 31, 2012.
 
(9) Consists of 202,231 shares of common stock subject to options which were exercisable on or within 60 days of March 31, 2012.
 
(10) Consists of 7,178 shares of common stock subject to options which were exercisable on or within 60 days of March 31, 2012.
 
(11) Consists of 216,316 shares of common stock subject to options which were exercisable on or within 60 days of March 31, 2012.
 
(12) Consists of 10,573,762 shares held by Oxford Bioscience Partners V L.P. and mRNA Fund V L.P. as reflected in footnote 2 above. Mr. Gibbs disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interests in such shares.
 
(13) Consists of 7,522,359 shares held by Malaysian Life Sciences Capital Fund Ltd. as reflected in footnote 5 above. Mr. Kishore disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interests in such shares.
 
(14) Consists of 10,470,426 shares beneficially held by GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P. and GTI Ventures LLC as reflected in footnote 1 above. Mr. J. Schulhof disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interests in such shares.


93


Table of Contents

 
(15) Consists of 10,470,426 shares beneficially held by GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P. and GTI Ventures LLC as reflected in footnote 1 above. Mr. M. Schulhof disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interests in such shares.
 
(16) Consists of 10,191,311 shares held by Rawoz Technology Company Ltd. as reflected in footnote 3 above. Mr. Singh disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interests in such shares.
 
(17) Includes the shares reflected in footnotes (7) and (9) through (16). Also includes shares beneficially owned by Kenneth E. Nimitz and Robert J. Button, each of whom became employees in the first quarter of 2012.


94


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
General
 
The following is a summary of our capital stock and material provisions of our post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering bylaws relating to our capital stock. Copies of our post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering bylaws have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 190,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. As of March 31, 2012, we had outstanding 3,066,663 shares of common stock. Following the closing of this offering, our outstanding common stock will include 52,616,197 shares of common stock that will be outstanding as of the completion of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of each of our outstanding shares of preferred stock of all series and accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock into 52,616,197 shares of our common stock, which includes 4,420,566 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the series C preferred stock issued after December 31, 2011 (assuming the conversion of our series C preferred stock into shares of our common stock on a one-to-one basis upon the closing of this offering, which conversion ratio is subject to adjustment based on the initial public offering price of our common stock in this offering), subject to additional shares of our common stock being issuable (x) for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series A and series B preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 4% for our series A preferred stock and 8% for our series B preferred stock and (y) for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series C preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 8% through December 30, 2012. As of March 31, 2012, we had 10 common stockholders of record.
 
Common Stock
 
Dividend Rights
 
Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine from time to time.
 
Voting Rights
 
Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our post-offering certificate of incorporation. This means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election.
 
No Preemptive, Conversion, Redemption or Sinking Fund Rights
 
Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption or any sinking fund provisions.
 
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
 
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding preferred stock. Each outstanding share of common stock is, and all shares of common stock to be issued in this offering when they are paid for will be, fully paid and nonassessable.


95


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock
 
Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations imposed by Delaware law, to issue up to a total of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, without stockholder approval. Our board is authorized to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series of preferred stock, and to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series of preferred stock and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series of preferred stock then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.
 
Registration Rights
 
According to the terms of our Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, as amended, or the Investors’ Rights Agreement, the stockholders named therein, which include entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, are entitled to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below.
 
Demand Registration Rights
 
At any time following 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates, holders of at least 30% of our series B preferred stock (or shares of our common stock or other registrable securities issuable upon conversion of our series B preferred stock), have the right, under our Investors’ Rights Agreement, to require that we register at least 20% of the shares of common stock into which the series B preferred stock shall convert. We are not required to effect more than two registrations requested by these stockholders on Form S-1 or any demand registration during any period that is 60 days before our good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days following the effective date of, a registration statement initiated by us. In addition, if it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders for us to effect a registration on Form S-1 because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization or similar transaction, (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that we have a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (iii) render us unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then we may defer effecting a registration on Form S-1 for a period of not more than 120 days. The other stockholders who are a party to the Investors’ Rights Agreement may also include their shares in such registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration statement filed in response to the exercise of these demand registration rights. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters’ discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with these demand registration rights.
 
Piggyback Registration Rights
 
Each stockholder who is a party to the Investors’ Rights Agreement has the right, in connection with the registration of common stock registered hereby and in connection with any future registration of any securities by us for public sale, to include their shares in such registration, subject to specified exceptions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters’ discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with these piggyback registration rights.
 
Form S-3 Registration Rights
 
Holders of at least 30% of the registrable securities, which consists of common stock issuable or issued upon conversion of our preferred stock, any common stock, or any common stock issued or issuable upon conversion and/or exercise of any other of our securities held by the investors party to the Investors’ Rights Agreement and any common stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such shares, have the right, under our Investors’ Rights Agreement, to require that we register all or a portion of their shares of common stock on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement


96


Table of Contents

on that form and the expected net proceeds of such offering are at least $3,000,000, net of underwriters’ discounts and commissions. We are not required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 in any twelve-month period, or any demand registration during any period that is 30 days before our good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 90 days following the effective date of, a registration statement pertaining to an underwritten public offering of securities for our own account. In addition, if it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders for us to effect a registration on Form S-3 because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization or similar transaction, (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that we have a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (iii) render us unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then we may defer effecting a registration on Form S-3 for a period of not more than 90 days. The other stockholders who are a party to the Investors’ Rights Agreement may also include their shares in such registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration statement filed in response to the exercise of these demand registration rights. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters’ discounts and commissions, for all registrations on Form S-3.
 
Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
Provisions of Delaware law and our post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of our company in a coercive manner as described below. These provisions, summarized below, are designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. They are also intended to provide our management with the flexibility to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability if our board of directors determines that a takeover is not in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders. These provisions, however, could have the effect of discouraging attempts to acquire us, which could deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
 
Delaware Law
 
We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, those provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
 
  •  the transaction is approved by the board before the date the interested stockholder attained that status;
 
  •  upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or
 
  •  the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of voting stock that are not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:
 
  •  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
 
  •  subject to specific exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;


97


Table of Contents

 
  •  any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
 
  •  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.
 
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons.
 
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
Following the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide for:
 
  •  Election and Removal of Directors.  Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of the board of directors. Our directors are elected by plurality vote. Vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board.
 
  •  Special Stockholder Meetings.  Under our bylaws, only a majority of the entire number of our directors may call special meetings of stockholders.
 
  •  Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.  Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors.
 
  •  Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent.  Our certificate of incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.
 
  •  No Cumulative Voting.  Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting allows a minority stockholder to vote a portion or all of its shares for one or more candidates for seats on the board of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder will not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors based on the number of shares of our common stock the stockholder holds as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of director’s decision regarding a takeover.
 
  •  Undesignated Preferred Stock.  The authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of our company.
 
Choice of Forum
 
Following the completion of the offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.
 
Listing
 
We have applied to have our common stock listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “GLRI”.


98


Table of Contents

 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
The following discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock by certain non-U.S. holders (as defined below). This discussion only applies to non-U.S. holders who purchase and hold shares of our common stock as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally property held for investment). This discussion does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of its particular circumstances.
 
For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock who or that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:
 
  •  an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership;
 
  •  an individual citizen or resident of the United States (including certain former citizens and former long-term residents of the United States);
 
  •  a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust if (i) it is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more “United States persons” as defined under the Code (as defined below) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.
 
This discussion is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. These authorities may change, perhaps retroactively, which could result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes and does not describe any foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not describe the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to a non-U.S. holder who is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including a bank or financial institution, a broker, a dealer in securities, a United States expatriate, a “controlled foreign corporation”, a “passive foreign investment company”, a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or an investor in a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a tax-exempt organization or an insurance company). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations that we describe in this discussion.
 
If a partnership (or any other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner of that partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding shares of our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.
 
THIS DISCUSSION IS PROVIDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE LEGAL ADVICE TO ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK. IF YOU ARE CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK, YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING, AND DISPOSING OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AND ANY CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF APPLICABLE STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAXING JURISDICTIONS.


99


Table of Contents

Distributions on Shares of Our Common Stock
 
As discussed above under “Dividend Policy”, we do not currently anticipate paying cash dividends with respect to shares of our common stock. In the event that we do make a distribution to non-U.S. holders with respect to shares of our common stock, such distributions will generally be treated as dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code, and will be subject to withholding as discussed below. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be applied to reduce such non-U.S. holder’s basis in its shares of our common stock and, to the extent such portion exceeds such non-U.S. holder’s basis, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of its shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “Dispositions of Shares of Our Common Stock”. Any distribution described in this paragraph would also be subject to the discussion below under “Additional Withholding and Reporting Requirements under Recently Enacted Legislation”.
 
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder with respect to shares of our common stock will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by such non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States) will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder were a United States person, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
 
A non-U.S. holder who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate for dividends will be required to (a) complete Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalties of perjury that such non-U.S. holder is not a United States person and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if such non-U.S. holder’s shares of our common stock are held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable Treasury regulations.
 
A non-U.S. holder who is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.
 
Disposition of Shares of Our Common Stock
 
Any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the disposition of shares of our common stock will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless:
 
  •  the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States);
 
  •  such non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or
 
  •  we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation”, as such term is defined in Section 897(c) of the Code (a “USRPHC”), at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and such non-U.S. holder’s holding period with respect to the applicable shares of our common stock (the “relevant period”) and, if shares of our common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code), such non-U.S. holder owns directly or is deemed to own pursuant to attribution rules more than 5% of shares of our common stock at any time during the relevant period. We believe that we are not currently a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Generally, a


100


Table of Contents

  corporation is a USRPHC only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus certain other assets used or held for use in a trade or business.
 
A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above will generally be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the disposition under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates; and if such non-U.S. holder is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% on its effectively connected earnings and profits, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a flat 30% tax (or at a reduced rate as may be provided by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though such individual is not considered a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder described in the third bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates with respect to the gain recognized, except that the branch profits tax will not apply.
 
U.S. Federal Estate Tax
 
Shares of our common stock held by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in such individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which such non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
 
A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder with respect to shares of our common stock unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States person (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such non-U.S. holder is a United States person), or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
 
Depending on the circumstances, information reporting and backup withholding may apply to the proceeds received by a non-U.S. holder from a disposition of shares of our common stock, unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States person (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such non-U.S. holder is a United States person), or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
 
Additional Withholding and Reporting Requirements under Recently Enacted Legislation
 
The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, was enacted in 2010 as part of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act. Subject to certain exceptions, FATCA generally imposes a withholding tax of 30% on dividends paid with respect to shares of our common stock, and the gross proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock paid, to a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined under these rules), regardless of whether the foreign financial institution holds such shares of our common stock for its own account or as an intermediary, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to comply with certain obligations with respect to each account it maintains including the obligations to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain


101


Table of Contents

account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). In addition, subject to certain exceptions, FATCA also generally imposes a withholding tax of 30% on dividends paid with respect to shares of our common stock, and the gross proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock paid, to a non-financial foreign entity, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides information to the withholding agent identifying the substantial U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such withholding taxes. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in shares of our common stock.
 
Internal Revenue Service guidance and recently proposed Treasury regulations provide that the FATCA withholding tax of 30% will not apply to dividends paid on shares of our common stock until after December 31, 2013, and to gross proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock until after December 31, 2014.


102


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the possibility of such sales, could adversely impact the trading price of our common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding           shares of our common stock (i) after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock of all classes and accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock into an aggregate of 52,616,197 shares of our common stock (assuming the conversion of our series C preferred stock into shares of our common stock on a one-to-one basis upon the closing of this offering, which conversion ratio is subject to adjustment based on the initial public offering price of our common stock in this offering), subject to additional shares of our common stock being issuable (x) for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series A and series B preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 4% for our series A preferred stock and 8% for our series B preferred stock and (y) for each day after March 31, 2012 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series C preferred stock and the quarterly compounding of such dividends, which dividends accrue at the rate of 8% through December 30, 2012 and (ii) assuming that there are no exercises of outstanding options after March 31, 2012 and assuming an offering completion date of          , 2012. Of these shares, all of the           shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the exemption under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below.
 
After this offering, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option,          shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will be restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold without restriction only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which exemptions are summarized below. All of these restricted securities are also subject to the lock-up agreements described below.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
In connection with this offering, officers, directors, employees and stockholders, who together represent more than [     ]% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions for transfers to family members or trusts, bona fide gifts, transfers to affiliates and distributions to equity holders, not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and in specific circumstances, up to an additional 34 days, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. As of the date of this prospectus, there are no intentions or any agreements, tacit or explicit, regarding the early release of locked-up shares. For additional information, see “Underwriting”.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.


103


Table of Contents

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:
 
  •  the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and
 
  •  the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.
 
Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately           shares immediately after the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.
 
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
 
Rule 701
 
Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants to our company who purchased or received shares of our common stock under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares.
 
Share Plans
 
We plan on filing a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under our 2006 Plan or 2012 Plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. However, no resale of these registered shares shall occur until after the 180-day lock-up period.
 
Registration Rights
 
At any time after 180 days following this offering, holders of 30% of our then outstanding shares of series B preferred stock, including shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of our series B preferred stock in connection with this offering, may demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act or, if we file another registration statement under the Securities Act other than a Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our stock plans or on a Form S-4 covering securities issuable in exchange for the common stock sold pursuant to this offering, may elect to include their shares in such registration. If these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights”.
 
We have agreed not to file any registration statements during the 180-day period after the date of this prospectus with respect to the registration of any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable into common stock, other than one or more registration statements on Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our stock plans, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. See “Underwriting”.


104


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated [          ], we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of our common stock:
 
         
    Number of
 
Underwriter   Shares  
 
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
                
UBS Securities LLC
       
Piper Jaffray & Co. 
       
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
       
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
       
         
Total
       
         
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that, if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.
 
We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to          additional shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.
 
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $      per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $      per share on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial public offering the representatives may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.
 
The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we will pay:
 
                                 
    Per Share   Total
    Without
  With
  Without
  With
    Over-Allotment   Over-Allotment   Over-Allotment   Over-Allotment
 
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us
  $           $           $           $        
Expenses payable by us
  $       $       $       $  
 
The representatives have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.
 
We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except issuances pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options outstanding on the date hereof. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC waives, in writing, such an extension.


105


Table of Contents

Our officers, directors and existing shareholders and optionholders who represent more than [     ]% of our outstanding shares of our common stock on a converted basis have agreed, subject to limited exceptions for transfers to family members or trusts, bona fide gifts, transfers to affiliates and distribution to equity holders, that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC waives, in writing, such an extension. As of the date of this prospectus, there are no intentions or any agreements, tacit or explicit, regarding the early release of locked-up shares.
 
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.
 
We have applied to list the shares of common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “GLRI”.
 
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation between us and the representatives. The principal factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:
 
  •  the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;
 
  •  the history of, and prospects for, the industry in which we will compete;
 
  •  the ability of our management;
 
  •  the prospects for our future earnings;
 
  •  the present state of our development and our current financial condition;
 
  •  the general condition of the securities markets at the time of the offering; and
 
  •  the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies.
 
We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after this offering.
 
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have in the past performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us, our affiliates and our officers in the ordinary course of business, for which they received and may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses.
 
In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
 
  •  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.


106


Table of Contents

 
  •  Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
 
  •  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
  •  Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.
 
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
 
The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to [     ] shares of the common stock for employees, directors and other persons associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in the offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.
 
Notice to Investors in the European Economic Area
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), shares of our common stock will not be offered to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of common stock may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
 
(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined


107


Table of Contents

in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the manager for any such offer; or
 
(c) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression of an “offer of common stock to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares of common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.
 
Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom
 
Our common stock may not be offered or sold and will not be offered or sold to any persons in the United Kingdom other than persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses and in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) with respect to anything done in relation to our shares of common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
In addition, each underwriter:
 
(a) has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling with Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company; and
 
(b) has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
Notice to Investors in Switzerland
 
The prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a or Article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations (CO) and the shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange. Therefore, the prospectus may not comply with the disclosure standards of the CO and/or the listing rules (including any prospectus schemes) of the SIX Swiss Exchange. Accordingly, the shares may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, but only to a selected and limited circle of investors, which do not subscribe to the shares with a view to distribution.


108


Table of Contents

 
NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS
 
Resale Restrictions
 
The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of common stock are made. Any resale of the common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the common stock.
 
Representations of Purchasers
 
By purchasing common stock in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:
 
  •  the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the common stock without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws,
 
  •  where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent,
 
  •  the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions, and
 
  •  the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of specified information concerning the purchase of the common stock to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the information, including certain personal information.
 
Rights of Action — Ontario Purchasers Only
 
Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the common stock, for rescission against us in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the common stock were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the common stock as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.
 
Enforcement of Legal Rights
 
All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.
 
Taxation and Eligibility for Investment
 
Canadian purchasers of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.


109


Table of Contents

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., Houston, Texas, will pass upon the validity of the issuance of the common stock offered by this prospectus. Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP has represented the underwriters in this offering.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of Glori Energy Inc. included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement relating to this offering have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said report.
 
The information included in this prospectus regarding proved reserve estimates as of December 31, 2011 is based on a report prepared by Collarini Associates, independent reserve engineers.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement or the exhibits. Statements made in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are only summaries. With respect to each contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved.
 
We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of the offering of the shares of our common stock, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information in the files at the public reference room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.
 
You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of its public reference room. Our filings, including the registration statement, will also be available to you on the web site maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.
 
We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent auditors, and to make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each year containing unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.
 
CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
On March 22, 2010, our board of directors terminated the engagement of UHY LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm. UHY LLP performed an audit of our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. UHY LLP’s report did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, there were no disagreements between us and UHY LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of UHY LLP, would have caused it to make reference thereto in its reports on our consolidated financial statements for such year. During the year ended December 31, 2008, there were no reportable events as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.
 
UHY LLP has been provided with a copy of this disclosure and has furnished to us a letter addressed to the SEC stating that they agree with the statements about such firm contained herein.
 
On April 5, 2010, with the approval of our board of directors, we engaged Grant Thornton LLP to be our independent registered public accounting firm. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we did not consult with Grant Thornton LLP on any financial or accounting reporting matters described in Item 304(a)(2)(i) and Item 304(a)(2)(ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.


110


Table of Contents

 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     
    Page
 
Consolidated Financial Statements
   
  F-2
  F-3
  F-4
  F-5
  F-6
  F-7


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Glori Energy Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Glori Energy Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, temporary equity and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Glori Energy Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
As discussed in Note B, the 2009 and 2010 consolidated financial statements have been restated to correct misstatements related to the classification of cumulative convertible redeemable preferred shares, the computation of accretion on the preferred shares and the recognition of derivative liabilities at fair value.
 
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Houston, Texas
July 2, 2012


F-2


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
                         
          As of
 
    As of December 31,     March 31,
 
    2010     2011     2012  
    (As Restated)           (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
ASSETS
                       
Current Assets
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 7,142     $ 8,846     $ 18,452  
Accounts receivable
    164       372       81  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    129       66       129  
Inventory
    58       38       38  
                         
Total Current Assets
    7,493       9,322       18,700  
Property And Equipment, at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization
    1,497       3,214       3,296  
Deferred Offering Costs
          1,008       1,232  
                         
Total Assets
  $ 8,990     $ 13,544     $ 23,228  
                         
                         
LIABILITIES, TEMPORARY EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                        
Current Liabilities
                       
Accounts payable
  $ 395     $ 1,129     $ 402  
Deferred revenue
    125       633       779  
Accrued expenses
    131       503       220  
Derivative liabilities
    1,627       12       5  
                         
Total Current Liabilities
    2,278       2,277       1,406  
Asset Retirement Obligation
    252       156       159  
                         
Total Liabilities
    2,530       2,433       1,565  
                         
Commitments And Contingencies
                       
Temporary Equity
                       
Series A cumulative convertible redeemable preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 521,852 shares authorized; 475,541 shares issued and outstanding; stated at liquidation preference
    12,210       12,709       12,836  
Series B cumulative convertible redeemable preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 2,629,392 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2,901,052 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 (unaudited); stated at liquidation preference
    16,927       21,990       23,035  
Series C cumulative convertible redeemable preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 7,500,00 shares authorized, 2,876,041 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 7,296,607 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2012 (unaudited), stated at liquidation preference
          7,888       21,024  
                         
Total Temporary Equity
    29,137       42,587       56,895  
                         
Stockholders’ Equity
                       
Common stock, $.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 2,866,160 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010, 3,009,592 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 3,066,663 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2012 (unaudited)
    1       1       1  
Accumulated deficit
    (22,678 )     (31,477 )     (35,233 )
                         
Total Stockholders’ Equity
    (22,677 )     (31,476 )     (35,232 )
                         
Total Liabilities, Temporary Equity And Stockholders’ Equity
  $ 8,990     $ 13,544     $ 23,228  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
    (As Restated)     (As Restated)           (As Restated)        
                      (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Revenue
  $ 858     $ 131     $ 1,565     $ 357     $ 482  
Operating Expenses
                                       
Operations
    1,277       1,163       2,671       327       746  
Research and development
    1,021       1,546       1,529       342       347  
Selling, general and administrative
    827       1,679       2,861       576       758  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    390       442       576       125       165  
                                         
Total Operating Expenses
    3,515       4,830       7,637       1,370       2,016  
Loss From Operations
    (2,657 )     (4,699 )     (6,072 )     (1,013 )     (1,534 )
Gain (loss) on change in fair value of derivative liabilities
    (2,547 )     920       1,615             7  
Other income (expense), net
    (64 )     1       (91 )     3       3  
                                         
Other Income (Expense), net
    (2,611 )     921       1,524       3       10  
                                         
Net Loss Before Taxes On Income
    (5,268 )     (3,778 )     (4,548 )     (1,010 )     (1,524 )
Taxes On Income
                             
                                         
Net Loss
    (5,268 )     (3,778 )     (4,548 )     (1,010 )     (1,524 )
Less:
                                       
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock dividends
    (596 )     (2,556 )     (4,388 )     (955 )     (2,522 )
                                         
Net Loss Applicable To Common Stockholders
  $ (5,864 )   $ (6,334 )   $ (8,936 )   $ (1,965 )   $ (4,046 )
                                         
Net Loss Per Common Share, basic and diluted
  $ (2.05 )   $ (2.21 )   $ (3.05 )   $ (0.69 )   $ (1.33 )
                                         
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding, basic and diluted
    2,863       2,866       2,932       2,866       3,042  
                                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

 
GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
                                                                                         
    TEMPORARY EQUITY - CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK     STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
                                                    Additional
             
    Series A     Series B     Series C     Common Stock     Paid-in
    Accumulated
    Total
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Par Value     Capital     Deficit     Equity  
    (In thousands, except share data)  
 
Balances at December 31, 2008, as restated
    475,541     $ 11,633           $           $       2,734,862     $ 1     $     $ (10,522 )   $ (10,521 )
Share issuance
                1,578,976       8,568                                              
Accretion of preferred stock, as restated
            101               495                                               (596 )     (596 )
Vesting of restricted common share award
                                        100,734                          
Net loss, as restated
                                                          (5,268 )     (5,268 )
                                                                                         
Balances at December 31, 2009, as restated
    475,541       11,734       1,578,976       9,063                   2,835,596       1             (16,386 )     (16,385 )
Stock-based compensation
                                                    42             42  
Share issuance
                1,050,416       5,784                                              
Accretion of preferred stock, as restated
            476               2,080                                       (42 )     (2,514 )     (2,556 )
Vesting of restricted common share award
                                        27,144                          
Exercise of common share options
                                        3,420                              
Net loss, as restated
                                                          (3,778 )     (3,778 )
                                                                                         
Balances at December 31, 2010, as restated
    475,541       12,210       2,629,392       16,927                   2,866,160       1             (22,678 )     (22,677 )
Stock based compensation
                                        10,000             105             105  
Share issuance
                271,660       1,446       2,876,041       7,616       133,432             32             32  
Accretion of preferred stock
            499               3,617               272                       (137 )     (4,251 )     (4,388 )
Net loss
                                                          (4,548 )     (4,548 )
                                                                                         
Balances at December 31, 2011
    475,541       12,709       2,901,052       21,990       2,876,041       7,888       3,009,592       1             (31,477 )     (31,476 )
Stock based compensation (unaudited)
                                                    62             62  
Share issuance (unaudited)
                            4,420,566       11,786       57,071             228             228  
Accretion of preferred stock (unaudited)
          127             1,045             1,350                   (290 )     (2,232 )     (2,522 )
Net loss (unaudited)
                                                          (1,524 )     (1,524 )
                                                                                         
Balances at March 31, 2012 (unaudited)
    475,541     $ 12,836       2,901,052     $ 23,035       7,296,607     $ 21,024       3,066,663     $ 1     $     $ (35,233 )   $ (35,232 )
                                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
    (As Restated)           (As Restated)        
                      (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
                                       
Net loss
  $ (5,268 )   $ (3,778 )   $ (4,548 )   $ (1,010 )   $ (1,524 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
                                       
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    390       442       576       125       165  
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
    6       3       34              
Stock-based compensation
          42       105       15       62  
Loss (gain) on derivative liabilities
    2,547       (920 )     (1,615 )           (7 )
Changes in operating assets:
                                       
Accounts receivable
    111       (140 )     (208 )     78       291  
Prepaid expenses
    13       (86 )     63       13       (63 )
Inventory
    39       18       20       (2 )      
Accounts payable
    157       140       734       135       (727 )
Deferred revenue
          125       508       130       146  
Accrued expenses
    (28 )     (109 )     443       (29 )     (113 )
                                         
Net Cash Used In Operating Activities
    (2,033 )     (4,263 )     (3,888 )     (545 )     (1,770 )
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
                                       
Purchase of property and equipment
    (49 )     (615 )     (2,423 )     (954 )     (244 )
                                         
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities
    (49 )     (615 )     (2,423 )     (954 )     (244 )
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
                                       
Proceeds from issuance of common and preferred stock
    8,568       5,784       7,523             11,844  
Deferred offering costs
                (1,008 )           (224 )
Issuance of long-term debt
    1,000             1,500              
Payments of long-term debt
    (2,077 )                        
                                         
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities
    7,491       5,784       8,015             11,620  
                                         
Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash And Cash Equivalents
    5,409       906       1,704       (1,499 )     9,606  
Cash And Cash Equivalents, beginning of period
    827       6,236       7,142       7,142       8,846  
                                         
Cash And Cash Equivalents, end of period
  $ 6,236     $ 7,142     $ 8,846     $ 5,643     $ 18,452  
                                         
Non-Cash Financing And Investing Activities
                                       
Long-term liability for non-cash property acquisition
  $     $ 252     $ (116 )   $     $  
Issuance of preferred stock in settlement of accrued expense
  $     $     $ 71     $     $ 170  
Issuance of preferred stock in settlement of long-term debt
  $     $     $ 1,500     $     $  
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
                                       
Interest paid
  $ 55     $     $     $     $  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
 
NOTE A — ORGANIZATION, NATURE OF BUSINESS AND LIQUIDITY
 
Glori Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (formerly Glori Oil Limited), was incorporated in November 2005 (as successor in interest to Glori Oil LLC) to improve and increase recovery from mature oil wells using state of the art biotechnology solutions. The Company was in the development stage through December 31, 2010 and exited in 2011 because its principal operations had commenced.
 
In October 2007, the company formed Glori Oil (Argentina) Limited, a Delaware corporation, as a wholly-owned subsidiary, to provide its solutions to South America.
 
In April and May 2008, the Company entered into a transaction with a privately-held company in Argentina (the “Technology Partner”) and its principal (“Principal”) to expand its development of microbial enhanced oil recovery. This transaction consisted of the formation of a wholly-owned subsidiary domiciled in Argentina, Glori Oil S.R.L. (S.R.L.), which is owned by Glori Oil (Argentina) Limited (97%) and Glori Oil Limited (3%), the execution of a Management Agreement by which the Principal became the General Manager of S.R.L., the execution of a Technology Agreement which calls for the Technology Partner to provide various specified services for fees, and the execution of non-compete agreements with the Technology Partner and Principal which were enforceable for periods of two years and one year, respectively, from the termination of the business relationship. In the first quarter of 2011, management determined that the continuation of the Technology Agreement and Management Agreement and maintenance of the Argentina workforce were no longer required to execute the Company’s business plan (see Note M).
 
In September 2010, the Company incorporated Glori Canada Ltd. (formerly Glori Oil Ltd.) in the province of Alberta, Canada, with registration in the province of Saskatchewan, as a wholly-owned subsidiary, to conduct the Company’s business in Canada.
 
In October 2010, the Company activated a previously dormant wholly-owned subsidiary, Glori Holdings Company (formerly Glori Oil Holdings Company), to acquire a 100% working interest in a leasehold in Kansas (the “Etzold field”), in exchange for the assumption of the asset retirement obligation (plugging and abandoning) of the existing wells on the leasehold.
 
In February 2011, the Company incorporated Glori California Inc. (formerly Glori Oil California Limited) to conduct its operations in the state of California.
 
Glori Energy Inc., Glori Holdings Company, Glori Canada Ltd., Glori Oil (Argentina) Limited and Glori Oil S.R.L. are collectively referred to as the “Company” in the consolidated financial statements.
 
NOTE B — RESTATEMENT OF 2010 AND 2009 CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and all quarterly periods in those years, and for the first three quarters of 2011, the Company’s Series B and Series A Preferred Stock was previously reported within the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity. In December 2011, management determined that the Series B and Series A Preferred Stock required presentation in the consolidated financial statements as Temporary Equity pursuant to ASC 480, “Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities.”
 
Accordingly, the carrying values of the Company’s Series B and Series A Preferred Stock were restated to their corresponding redemption values as of March 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and 2009, and are being accreted, using the interest method, to their respective redemption values from the date of issuance to the earliest redemption date. The conditions of redemption and the basis for determining the redemption values are presented in Note J.
 
Management also determined that the conversion feature of the Series B and Series A Preferred Stock was a derivative liability which should be recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at fair value


F-7


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
with changes in the value of these derivatives reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as gain or loss on derivative liabilities. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 and the consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and temporary equity and stockholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 have been restated to reflect the fair value of derivative liabilities as of and for the respective periods.
 
The following tables reflect the impact of the restatement of the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2011, March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2010 and the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and temporary equity and stockholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands):
 
                         
    As of March 31, 2011  
    As Previously
          As
 
    Reported     Adjustments     Restated  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet:
                       
Derivative liabilities
  $     $ 1,627     $ 1,627  
Total current liabilities
  $ 887     $ 1,627     $ 2,514  
Total liabilities
  $ 1,144     $ 1,627     $ 2,771  
Temporary equity
  $     $ 30,092     $ 30,092  
Preferred stock
  $ 2     $ (2 )   $  
Additional paid-in capital
  $ 24,791     $ (24,791 )   $  
Accumulated deficit
  $ (17,702 )   $ (6,926 )   $ (24,628 )
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 7,092     $ (31,719 )   $ (24,627 )
Total liabilities, temporary equity and stockholders’ equity
  $ 8,236     $     $ 8,236  
     
    As of March 31, 2010
     
    As Previously
          As
 
    Reported     Adjustments     Restated  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet:
                       
Derivative liabilities
  $     $ 2,547     $ 2,547  
Total current liabilities
  $ 364     $ 2,547     $ 2,911  
Total liabilities
  $ 364     $ 2,547     $ 2,911  
Temporary equity
  $     $ 21,348     $ 21,348  
Preferred stock
  $ 2     $ (2 )   $  
Additional paid-in capital
  $ 18,960     $ (18,960 )   $  
Accumulated deficit
  $ (12,894 )   $ (4,933 )   $ (17,827 )
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 6,069     $ (23,895 )   $ (17,826 )
Total liabilities, temporary equity and stockholders’ equity
  $ 6,433     $     $ 6,433  
 


F-8


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                         
    As of December 31, 2010  
    As Previously
          As
 
    Reported     Adjustments     Restated  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet:
                       
Derivative liabilities
  $     $ 1,627     $ 1,627  
Total current liabilities
  $ 651     $ 1,627     $ 2,278  
Total liabilities
  $ 903     $ 1,627     $ 2,530  
Temporary equity
  $     $ 29,137     $ 29,137  
Preferred stock
  $ 2     $ (2 )   $  
Additional paid-in capital
  $ 24,775     $ (24,775 )   $  
Accumulated deficit
  $ (16,691 )   $ (5,987 )   $ (22,678 )
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 8,087     $ (30,764 )   $ (22,677 )
Total liabilities, temporary equity and stockholders’ equity
  $ 8,990     $     $ 8,990  
     
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2009
     
    As Previously
          As
 
    Reported     Adjustments     Restated  
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations:
                       
Gain (loss) on change in fair value of derivative liabilities
  $     $ (2,547 )   $ (2,547 )
Other income (expense), net
  $ (64 )   $ (2,547 )   $ (2,611 )
Net loss before taxes on income
  $ (2,721 )   $ (2,547 )   $ (5,268 )
Net loss
  $ (2,721 )   $ (2,547 )   $ (5,268 )
     
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
     
    As Previously
          As
 
    Reported     Adjustments     Restated  
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations:
                       
Gain (loss) on change in fair value of derivative liabilities
  $     $ 920     $ 920  
Other income (expense), net
  $ 1     $ 920     $ 921  
Net loss before taxes on income
  $ (4,698 )   $ 920     $ (3,778 )
Net loss
  $ (4,698 )   $ 920     $ (3,778 )
     
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2009
     
    As Previously
          As
 
    Reported     Adjustments     Restated  
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows:
                       
Net loss
  $ (2,721 )   $ (2,547 )   $ (5,268 )
Loss (gain) on derivative liabilities
  $     $ 2,547     $ 2,547  

F-9


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                         
     
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
     
                         
    As Previously
          As
 
    Reported     Adjustments     Restated  
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows:
                       
Net loss
  $ (4,698 )   $ 920     $ (3,778 )
Loss (gain) on derivative liabilities
  $     $ (920 )   $ (920 )
     
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2009
     
    As Previously
          As
 
    Reported     Adjustments     Restated  
 
Consolidated Statement of Temporary Equity and Stockholders’ Equity
                       
Temporary Equity — Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (Series A and B)
  $     $ 20,797     $ 20,797  
Accretion of preferred stock
  $     $ (596 )   $ (596 )
Additional Paid in Capital
  $ 18,949     $ (18,949 )   $  
Accumulated Deficit
  $ (11,993 )   $ (4,393 )   $ (16,386 )
Total Equity
  $ 6,959     $ (23,344 )   $ (16,385 )
     
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
     
    As Previously
          As
 
    Reported     Adjustments     Restated  
 
Consolidated Statement of Temporary Equity and Stockholders’ Equity
                       
Temporary Equity — Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (Series A and B)
  $     $ 29,137     $ 29,137  
Accretion of preferred stock
  $     $ (2,556 )   $ (2,556 )
Additional Paid in Capital
  $ 24,775     $ (24,775 )   $  
Accumulated Deficit
  $ (16,691 )   $ (5,987 )   $ (22,678 )
Total Equity
  $ 8,087     $ (30,764 )   $ (22,677 )
 
NOTE C — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Principles of Consolidation:  The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Glori Energy Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Use of Estimates:  The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents:  The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk:  The Company maintains its cash in bank deposits with financial institutions and short-term obligations of the U.S. Treasury. The bank deposits, at times, exceed federally insured limits. In July 2010, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation increased its insurance from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor through 2013. The Company monitors the financial condition of the financial institutions and has not experienced any losses on such accounts. The Company is not party to any financial instruments which would have off-balance sheet credit or interest rate risk.

F-10


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company recognized service revenue from three customers during 2009, five customers during 2010, three customers during 2011 and four customers during the three months ended March 31, 2012. Of the service revenue recognized, three customers exceeded 10% of service revenues recognized in each of those annual periods and two customers exceeded 10% of service revenues recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2012. Management believes these customers do not constitute a significant credit risk.
 
Due to the Company’s revenue recognition policy, the Company may be performing services for more customers than for which revenues may be recognized in a specific period. For example, as of December 31, 2011, the Company had $633,000 of deferred revenues from four customers, compared to $125,000 from one customer as of December 31, 2010.
 
Accounts Receivable:  Accounts receivable consists of amounts due in the ordinary course of business, primarily from companies engaged in the exploration and production of oil and gas. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluation of its customers and generally does not require collateral. Specific allowances are maintained for potential credit issues, and the Company has not incurred credit losses since inception.
 
Inventory:  Inventory is stated at average cost and consists primarily of raw materials used in the formulation of nutrients used in the Company’s biotechnology solutions.
 
Property and Equipment:  Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful lives of the associated assets, and repairs and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the respective period.
 
Depreciation and amortization for long lived assets are recognized over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets by the straight line method as follows:
 
     
Laboratory and manufacturing facility
  5 years or the remaining term of the lease, whichever is shorter
Laboratory and manufacturing equipment, office equipment and trucks
  5 years
Computer equipment
  3 years
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:  The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived assets, such as property, equipment and oil and gas properties, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on the Company’s ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows (undiscounted) of the related operations. Individual assets are grouped for impairment purposes at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets, generally on a field by field basis for oil and gas properties. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. No impairment losses have been recognized during 2009, 2010, 2011 or the three months ended March 31, 2012 (unaudited).
 
Derivatives:  Derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, are recorded on the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are recognized currently in results of operations unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. The Company has not entered into hedging activities to date. As a result of certain financings (see Note J), derivative instruments were created that are measured at fair value and marked to market at each reporting period. Changes in the derivative value are recorded as other income (expense) on the consolidated statements of operations.


F-11


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Oil and Natural Gas Properties:  The Company follows the successful efforts method of accounting for oil and gas operations whereby cost to acquire mineral interests in oil and gas properties, to drill successful exploratory wells, to drill and equip development wells, and to install production facilities are capitalized. Exploration costs, including unsuccessful exploratory wells and geological and geophysical costs, are charged to operations as incurred. The Company’s acquisition and development costs of proved oil and gas properties are amortized using the units-of-production method, at the field level, based on total proved reserves and proved developed reserves, respectively, as estimated by independent petroleum engineers.
 
Asset Retirement Obligation:  The Company recognizes the present value of the estimated future abandonment costs of its oil and gas properties in both assets and liabilities. If a reasonable estimate of the fair value can be made, the Company will record a liability for legal obligations associated with the future retirement of long-lived assets that result from the acquisition, construction, development and/or normal operation of the assets. The fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation is recognized in the period in which the liability is incurred. The fair value is measured using expected future cash outflows (estimated using current prices that are escalated by an assumed inflation rate) discounted at the Company’s credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. The liability is then accreted each period until it is settled or the asset is sold, at which time the liability is reversed and any gain or loss resulting from the settlement of the obligation is recorded. The initial fair value of the asset retirement obligation is capitalized and subsequently depreciated or amortized as part of the carrying amount of the related asset.
 
The Company has recorded asset retirement obligations related to its oil and gas properties. There are no assets legally restricted for the purpose of settling asset retirement obligations.
 
Financial Instruments:  Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payables. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable and payables approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.
 
Net Loss Per Share:  Basic net loss per common share is computed under the two-class method per guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 260, Earnings per Share. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Under the two-class method, basic earnings (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net earnings (loss) attributable to common shares after allocation of earnings to participating securities by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share is computed using the two-class method or the if-converted method, whichever is more dilutive, including restricted shares awarded to two employees (see Note N).
 
Diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share for all periods presented because any potential dilutive common shares were anti-dilutive. Such potentially dilutive shares are excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share when the effect would be to reduce net loss per share. Therefore, in periods when a loss is reported, the calculation of basic and dilutive loss per share results in the same value.
 
Revenue Recognition:  Revenue is recognized when all services are concluded and there is evidence that the customer has accepted the services, which generally coincides with invoicing. For contracts which have multiple deliverable arrangements, including those contracts lacking objective and reliable evidence regarding the fair value of the undelivered items, revenue recognition is deferred in accordance with ASC 605, Revenue Recognition: Multiple-element Arrangements. As of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 the Company had deferred revenues of approximately $0, $125,000 and $633,000, respectively, pursuant to contracts requiring substantial future performance, and at March 31, 2011 and 2012 the Company had deferred revenues of approximately $255,000 (unaudited) and approximately $779,000 (unaudited), respectively, pursuant to contracts requiring substantial future performance.
 
Research and Development:  The Company expenses all research and development cost as incurred.


F-12


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Income Taxes:  The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method wherein deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and to net operating loss carry forwards, measured by enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid, recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is not more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized.
 
The Company follows ASC 740, Income Taxes (ASC 740), which creates a single model to address accounting for the uncertainty in income tax positions and prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a tax position must meet before recognition in the consolidated financial statements. The Company does not have a tax position meeting the criteria of ASC 740.
 
The Company’s tax years 2007 through 2010 remain open and subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and are technically open for examination until the expiration of statute of limitations under the relevant IRS Codes.
 
Stock-Based Compensation:  Since the initiation of the Glori Oil Limited Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan, the Company has recorded all share-based payment expense associated with option awards in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation. Accordingly, the Company selected the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as the most appropriate method to value option awards and recognizes compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the option awards’ vesting periods.
 
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards:
 
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an amendment to an accounting standard, which requires new disclosures for fair value measures and provides clarification for existing disclosure requirements. Specifically, this amendment requires an entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons for the transfers; and to disclose separately information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs. This amendment clarifies existing disclosure requirements for the level of disaggregation used for classes of assets and liabilities measured at fair value and requires disclosure about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements using Level 2 and Level 3 inputs. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2010-03, Extractive Activities — Oil and Gas (Topic 932): Oil and Gas Reserve Estimation and Disclosure. This ASU amends the FASB accounting standards to align the reserve calculation and disclosure requirements with the requirements in the recently adopted SEC rule, Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting Requirements. The ASU is effective for reporting periods ending on or after December 31, 2009. Because the Company had no oil and gas activities before 2011, this ASU had no effect on the consolidated financial statements.
 
There have been no other recent accounting pronouncements or changes in accounting pronouncements that the Company expects to have a material impact on its financial statements, nor does the Company believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on its financial statements.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments:  FASB standards define fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The standard also establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable


F-13


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
 
Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
 
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation.
 
If the inputs used to measure the financial assets and liabilities fall within more than one level described above, the categorization is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument.
 
Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:  The following table summarizes the financial liabilities measured at fair value, on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):
 
                                         
    Carrying
    Fair Value Measurements Using  
    Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
 
December 31, 2010
                                       
Derivative liabilities
                    $ 1,627     $ 1,627  
                                         
Totals
                    $ 1,627     $ 1,627  
                                         
December 31, 2011
                                       
Derivative liabilities
                    $ 12     $ 12  
                                         
Totals
                    $ 12     $ 12  
                                         
March 31, 2012
                                       
Derivative liabilities (unaudited)
                    $ 5     $ 5  
                                         
Totals (unaudited)
                    $ 5     $ 5  
                                         
 
Level 3 Valuation Techniques
 
Financial assets are considered Level 3 when their fair values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable. Our Level 3 liabilities consist of the derivative liabilities associated with redeemable preferred stock issuances that contain provisions allowing the redeemable preferred stock to be converted to common stock at any time (See Note J — Conversion Features of Redeemable Preferred Stock).
 
The following table provides a summary of the changes in fair value, including net transfers in and/or out, of all financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs


F-14


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 (in thousands):
 
         
    Derivative
 
    Liabilities  
 
Balance, December 31, 2009
  $ 2,547  
Total unrealized (gains) losses included in other income
    (920 )
         
Balance, December 31, 2010
    1,627  
Total unrealized (gains) losses included in other income
    (1,615 )
         
Balance, December 31, 2011
  $ 12  
Total unrealized (gains) losses included in other income (unaudited)
    7  
         
Balance, March 31, 2012 (unaudited)
  $ 5  
         
 
NOTE D — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    December 31,     March 31,
 
    2010     2011     2012  
                (Unaudited)  
 
Laboratory and manufacturing facility
  $ 591     $ 591     $ 591  
Laboratory and manufacturing equipment
    1,544       1,900       2,192  
Office and computer equipment
    185       243       243  
Trucks
    89       45       45  
Oil and gas properties — successful efforts
                       
Unproved
    385              
Proved
          1,735       1,748  
Construction in progress
    139       673       612  
                         
      2,933       5,187       5,431  
Less: accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization
    (1,436 )     (1,973 )     (2,135 )
                         
    $ 1,497     $ 3,214     $ 3,296  
                         
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense was $390,000, $442,000 and $576,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, respectively and $125,000 (unaudited) and $165,000 (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.
 
NOTE E — ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATION
 
In October 2010, the Company acquired the Etzold field, a 100% working interest (80% revenue interest) in a leasehold in Kansas, in exchange for the assumption of the asset retirement obligation (plugging and abandonment) for the existing wells on the leasehold. The Company accounts for its asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) in accordance with ASC 410, Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations. The fair value of a liability for an ARO is required to be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made and the associated retirement costs can be capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset. The Company determined its ARO by calculating the present value of the estimated cash flows related to the liability based upon estimates derived from management and


F-15


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
external consultants familiar with the requirements of the retirement, and the ARO is reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as a noncurrent liability. The Company has not funded nor dedicated any assets to the retirement obligation.
 
The liability is periodically adjusted to reflect (1) new liabilities incurred; (2) liabilities settled during the period; (3) accretion expense; and (4) revisions to estimated future plugging and abandonment costs. The following is a reconciliation of the liability at December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012 (in thousands):
 
                         
                Three Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended March 31,
 
    2010     2011     2012  
                (Unaudited)  
 
Balance at the beginning of period
  $     $ 252     $ 156  
Liabilities acquired during the period
    252              
Accretion expense
          20       3  
Revision in expected cash flows
          (116 )      
                         
Balance at the end of the period
  $ 252     $ 156     $ 159  
                         
 
Accretion expense is included in depreciation, depletion and amortization in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
NOTE F — ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, the significant components of accrued expenses reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    December 31,     March 31,
 
    2010     2011     2012  
                (Unaudited)  
 
Compensation related
  $ 92     $ 267     $ 53  
Legal and professional fees and other
    39       236       167  
                         
    $ 131     $ 503     $ 220  
                         
 
NOTE G — DERIVATIVE LIABILITY
 
The Company has issued Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock that contain provisions allowing the redeemable preferred stock to be converted to common stock at any time (See Note J — Conversion Features of Redeemable Preferred Stock). Based on the guidance in the standards, the Company concluded the conversion features of the redeemable preferred stock are required to be accounted for as derivatives effective January 1, 2009. The conversion features that are classified as derivative liabilities are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value with changes in the value of these derivatives reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as gain or loss on derivative liabilities. These derivative instruments are not designated as hedging instruments under the FASB standards.
 
The derivatives were valued using the option pricing models, and the variables used in the lattice models are volatility, dividend yield of common stock, risk free interest rates, and probability and timing of events negating the benefit of the conversion.


F-16


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
All derivative instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The following table summarizes the location and fair value amounts of all derivative instruments in the consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Liability Derivatives  
          Fair Value  
          December 31,     March 31,
 
    Balance Sheet Location     2010     2011     2012  
          As restated           (Unaudited)  
 
Conversion options
    Current derivative liability     $ 1,627     $ 12     $ 5  
                                 
            $ 1,627     $ 12     $ 5  
                                 
 
The following table summarizes the effects of derivative instruments on the statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 (in thousands).
 
                                         
    Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income  
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
    As restated           (Unaudited)  
 
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities
  $ (2,547 )   $ 920     $ 1,615     $     $ 7  
                                         
    $ (2,547 )   $ 920     $ 1,615     $     $ 7  
                                         
 
NOTE H — LONG TERM DEBT
 
On May 31, 2011, the Company received $1.5 million in exchange for a convertible promissory note issued to Energy Technology Ventures, LLC (the “ETV Note”) bearing interest at 8%. Interest on the unpaid principal accrued daily at the stated rate, compounded quarterly, and was due in full with the principal balance on November 30, 2012, provided the Company did not sign a term sheet for a qualified financing, as defined in the ETV Note, on or before November 25, 2012, at which time the maturity date would have been extended to the earlier of the date such term sheet was terminated or May 31, 2013. The ETV Note was convertible into the security or securities issued by the Company in a qualified financing upon the occurrence of a qualified financing at the aggregate amount of principal plus accrued interest. As a result of the issuance of Series C Preferred Stock on December 30, 2011, the ETV Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, was converted into 572,973 shares of Series C Preferred Shares, as further described in Note J. Management believes that the convertible promissory note is a conventional debt instrument and does not have beneficial conversion features nor any other derivative aspect.
 
NOTE I — EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
The Company follows current guidance for share-based payments which are considered as participating securities. Share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends, whether paid or unpaid, are designated as participating securities and are included in the computation of basic earnings per share.


F-17


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                                         
          For the Three Months
 
    For the Years Ended December 31,     March 31,  
    2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                      (Unaudited)  
    As Restated                    
 
Numerator:
                                       
Net loss
  $ (5,268 )   $ (3,778 )   $ (4,548 )   $ (1,010 )   $ (1,524 )
Less: Accretion of redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock dividends
    (596 )     (2,556 )     (4,388 )     (955 )     (2,522 )
                                         
Net loss available to common stockholders — basic and diluted
  $ (5,864 )   $ (6,334 )   $ (8,936 )   $ (1,965 )   $ (4,046 )
                                         
Denominator:
                                       
Weighted-average common shares outstanding — basic
    2,863       2,866       2,932       2,866       3,042  
Effect of dilutive securities
                             
                                         
Weighted-average common shares — diluted
    2,863       2,866       2,932       2,866       3,042  
                                         
Net loss per common share — basic and diluted
  $ (2.05 )   $ (2.21 )   $ (3.05 )   $ (0.69 )   $ (1.33 )
                                         
 
The following securities were not included in the calculation of diluted shares outstanding as they would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands of shares):
 
                                         
    December 31,     March 31,  
    2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                      (Unaudited)  
 
Series A Preferred Stock warrants
    46       46       46       46       46  
Series A cumulative convertible preferred stock
    476       476       476       476       476  
Series B cumulative convertible redeemable preferred stock
    1,579       2,629       2,901       2,629       2,901  
Series C cumulative convertible redeemable preferred stock
                2,877             7,297  
Common stock warrants
    26       26       57       26        
Common stock options
    2,338       4,554       4,215       4,549       4,608  
 
NOTE J — TEMPORARY EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Series A Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock
 
The Series A Preferred Stock has cumulative dividend rights which are accrued at the per share rate of 4% per annum, compounded quarterly, and are payable if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors or upon certain events (the “Accruing Dividends”), based upon the original issue price of $2.208 per share. No dividends have been declared as of December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011. Dividends in arrears as of December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 and March 31, 2012 are approximately $1,234,000, $1,710,000, $2,209,000 and $2,336,000 (unaudited), respectively. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (a “Liquidating Event”), holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock, will receive the greater of (i) the Series A original issue price plus any Accruing Dividends unpaid thereon or (ii) the amount per share of the Series A Preferred Stock which such holder of Series A Preferred Stock would receive if such holder had converted such shares of Series A Preferred into Common Stock immediately prior to such event (the “Liquidation


F-18


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Amount”). If upon such event the assets available for distribution shall be insufficient to pay the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full (a “Ratable Participation”).
 
The holders of at least 662/3 percent of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, may, by written notice, on or after the fifth anniversary date, require the Company to redeem either (a) all of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock or (b) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. If such request is made, then the Company shall redeem either (i) in the case of Series C Redemption, all of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, or (ii) in the case of a Preferred Stock redemption, (A) first, all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (B) second, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and (C) third, all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at per share amounts equal to the respective Liquidation Amounts, in three equal annual installments commencing 60 days after the receipt of a redemption notice.
 
In addition to the liquidation and redemption provisions, each share of the Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A original issue price plus any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends on each share, by the conversion price, $1.028 at December 31, 2011, in effect at the time (Optional Conversion — See Conversion Features of Redeemable Preferred Stock).
 
Due to the nature of the redemption feature and other provisions, the Company has classified the Series A Preferred Stock as temporary equity. The carrying value is being accreted to its redemption value over a period of five years.
 
Of the total shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding, 452,897 were issued for cash. In October 2007, the Company issued 22,644 Series A Preferred Stock to a common stockholder in satisfaction of a research and development contract that began in October 2006 and expires December 31, 2011, as extended. The Company’s Board of Directors determined that the fair value of the work product received by the Company was $500,000.
 
Series B Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock
 
In October 2009, the Company entered into an agreement for the sale of its Series B Preferred Stock for gross proceeds of approximately $14,500,000, of which approximately $3,000,000 was committed by two holders of Series A Preferred Stock. Of the total issue, 60 percent of the proceeds, or approximately $8,568,000 net of issue costs, was received in October 2009. Under the agreement, the balance of approximately $5,784,000 was due in one year, subject to certain performance milestones or waiver of those milestones by holders of at least 662/3 percent of the then outstanding Series B Preferred Stock. These milestones were achieved and, accordingly, these funds were received in October 2010.
 
In connection with the Series B Preferred Stock transaction, the Company executed a 1-for-100 reverse stock split of its outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock, and amended the number of shares authorized for issuance. In May 2010, the Company executed a 10-for-1 stock split of its Common Stock and amended the number of shares authorized for issuance. The net effect of these transactions has been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.
 
The Series B Preferred Stock has Accruing Dividends at the per share rate of 8% per annum, compounded quarterly, based upon the original issue price of $5.52 per share. No dividends have been declared as of December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011. Dividends in arrears as of December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 and March 31, 2012 are approximately $150,000, $990,000, $2,335,000, and $2,702,000 (unaudited),


F-19


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
respectively. In the event of any Liquidating Event, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, before any payment to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) two times the Series B Preferred Stock original issue price, plus any Series B Accruing Dividends unpaid thereon, or (ii) the amount per share of the Series B Preferred Stock which such holder of Series B Preferred Stock would receive if such holder had converted such shares of Series B Preferred Stock into Common Stock immediately prior to such event (the “Liquidation Amount”). If upon such event the assets available for distribution shall be insufficient to pay the holders of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock will have a Ratable Participation.
 
The holders of at least 662/3 percent of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, may, by written notice, on or after the fifth anniversary date of the Effective Time, require the Company to redeem either (a) all of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock or (b) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. If such request is made, then the Company shall redeem either (i) in the case of Series C Redemption, all of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, or (ii) in the case of a Preferred Stock redemption, (A) first, all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (B) second, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and (C) third, all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at per share amounts equal to the respective Liquidation Amounts, in three equal annual installments commencing 60 days after the receipt of a redemption notice.
 
In addition to the liquidation and redemption provisions, each share of the Series B Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series B original issue price plus any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends on each share, by the conversion price in effect at the time (Optional Conversion — See Conversion Features of Redeemable Preferred Stock).
 
Due to the nature of the redemption feature and other provisions, the Company has classified the Series B Preferred Stock as temporary equity. The carrying value is being accreted to its redemption value over a period of five years.
 
Series C Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock
 
On December 30, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement for the sale of 2,876,041 shares of its Series C Preferred Stock for proceeds of approximately $7.8 million, of which approximately $5,570,000 was purchased by four holders of Series B Preferred Stock. Of the total proceeds received in December 2011, approximately $1,571,000, representing the issuance of 572,973 Series C Preferred shares, resulted from the conversion of the ETV Note, as described in Note H. On January 19, 2012, the Company sold an additional 4,420,566 shares of its Series C Preferred Stock for proceeds of approximately $11.8 million to substantially the same group of investors.
 
The Series C Preferred Stock has cumulative dividend rights which are accrued at the per share rate of 8% for the first year following the date of issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock (the “Original Issue Date”), 10% from the first anniversary date of the Original Issue Date to the day prior to the second anniversary of the Original Issue Date, and 12% from and after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date. Dividends compound quarterly and are payable if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors or upon certain events (the “Accruing Dividends”), based upon the original issue price of $2.741 per share. No dividends have been declared as of December 31, 2011, and dividends in arrears as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 are approximately $4,000 and $409,000 (unaudited), respectively. In the event of any Liquidating Event, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, before any payment to the holders of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) two times the Series C Preferred Stock original issue price, plus any Series C Accruing Dividends unpaid thereon, or (ii) the amount per share of the Series C Preferred Stock


F-20


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
which such holder of Series C Preferred Stock would receive if such holder had converted such shares of Series C Preferred Stock into Common Stock immediately prior to such event (the “Liquidation Amount”). If upon such event the assets available for distribution shall be insufficient to pay the holders of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock will have a Ratable Participation.
 
The holders of at least 662/3 percent of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, may, by written notice, on or after the fifth anniversary date of the Effective Time, require the Company to redeem either (a) all of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock or (b) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. If such request is made, then the Company shall redeem either (i) in the case of Series C Redemption, all of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, or (ii) in the case of a Preferred Stock redemption, (A) first, all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (B) second, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and (C) third, all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at per share amounts equal to the respective Liquidation Amounts, in three equal annual installments commencing 60 days after the receipt of a redemption notice.
 
In addition to the liquidation and redemption provisions, each share of the Series C Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series C original issue price plus any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends on each share, by the conversion price in effect at the time (Optional Conversion — See Conversion Features of Redeemable Preferred Stock).
 
Due to the nature of the redemption feature and other provisions, the Company has classified the Series C Preferred Stock as temporary equity. The carrying value is being accreted to its redemption value over a period of five years.
 
Conversion Features of Redeemable Preferred Stock
 
The conversion prices for the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series A Preferred Stock underlying the Series A Preferred Warrants described below are subject to downward adjustment of the stated conversion price based upon subsequent dilutive issuances of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock at a per share price which is less than that of the stated conversion price. The conversion prices are also subject to adjustment for stock splits and for certain dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of the Company.
 
The original issue price of the Series A Preferred Stock was $2.208 per share; however, as a result of the issuance of 1,578,976 shares of Series B Preferred Stock on October 15, 2009 and the issuance of 1,050,416 shares of Series B Preferred Stock on October 7, 2010, pursuant to the terms of the antidilution provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock was reduced to $1.028 per share. The conversion price adjustment provisions essentially reduce the conversion price as a function of the number of common shares outstanding before and after sales of Preferred Stock which are issued at a price per share less than the original issue price.
 
The Series B Preferred Stock has similar conversion price adjustment provisions; however, the conversion price of the Series B Preferred Stock remains at the original issue price of $0.552 per share because there have been no subsequent issuances at a per share price less than this original issue price.
 
The Series C Preferred Stock has an antidilution provision by which the shares of Series C Preferred Stock may be converted into Common Stock at a price equal to the sixty percent of the original Series C issue price within the first anniversary of the Original Issue Date (forty percent thereafter) upon the occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as defined; however, the conversion price of the Series C Preferred Stock remains


F-21


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
at the original issue price of $2.741 per share because there have been no subsequent issuances at a per share price less than this original issue price.
 
Embedded Derivatives
 
In accordance with the provisions of ASC 815, management identified the conversion feature of the Company’s Series A, Series B and Series C cumulative convertible redeemable preferred stock as an embedded derivative which would be classified as a liability, with changes in fair value of the derivatives at each consolidated balance sheet date reflected in the Company’s consolidated results of operations. The Company has computed the fair value of the embedded derivatives as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012 using the following significant assumptions:
 
                                         
    December 31,     March 31,
 
    2009     2010     2011     2012  
                      (Unaudited)  
 
Probability of an event negating the value of the conversion
    30 %     30 %     50 %     30 %     50 %
Expected volatility
    65 %     65 %     75 %     65 %     75 %
Minimum years to redemption
    6       5       4       5       4  
Risk free interest rate
    2.0 %     3.1 %     0.6 %     3.1 %     0.6 %
Dividend yield
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
 
Series A Preferred Stock Warrants
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding warrants which entitle holders to purchase an aggregate of 46,311 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at an exercise price of approximately $22.08 per share. Of the total, 45,289 were issued in November 2006 and 1,022 were issued August 2008. The exercise price was based upon the per share price of previous sales of Series A Preferred Stock.
 
Common Stock Warrants
 
The Company issued to a vendor a warrant to purchase 26,040 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for $2.208 per share through March 2012. Management has determined the value of the service rendered to be nominal and no expense has been recorded as of December 31, 2009, 2010 or 2011 or March 31, 2012 (unaudited) within the consolidated statements of operations. In February 2012, this warrant was exercised for proceeds of approximately $58,000.
 
As further described in Note O, the Company issued to a shareholder a warrant to acquire 31,031 shares of common stock pursuant to an agreement to settle a liability for services in the amount of approximately $170,000. In January 2012, this warrant was exercised.
 
NOTE K — INCOME TAXES
 
At December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, the Company has net operating loss carry forwards for federal income tax reporting purposes of approximately $21.0 million and $22.5 million (unaudited), respectively, which will begin to expire in the year 2025, and tax credits of approximately $189,000 and $202,000 (unaudited), respectively, which will begin to expire in 2027. Management estimates that approximately $5.4 million of the loss carryforwards will expire unused due to limitations from changes in control.


F-22


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The effective income tax rates for the years presented differ from the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate due to the following (in thousands):
 
                                         
          Three Months
 
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended March 31,  
    2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
    (As Restated)     (As Restated)           (As Restated)        
                      (Unaudited)  
 
Federal statutory income tax rate
  $ (1,791 )   $ (1,287 )   $ (1,546 )   $ (343 )   $ (518 )
R&D credits
    (31 )     (60 )     (73 )     (18 )     (14 )
Non-deductible (taxable) expenses (gains)
                214       73       (57 )
State income taxes
                    (25 )     (4 )     (7 )
Other permanent items
    2       20       13       128       2  
Estimated Section 382 limitation
    1,851                          
Change in valuation allowance
    (31 )     1,325       1,417       164       594  
                                         
    $     $     $     $     $  
                                         
 
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the Company’s net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010 and 2011 and March 31, 2012 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    December 31,     March 31,
 
    2010     2011     2012  
    (As Restated)           (Unaudited)  
 
Deferred tax assets:
                       
Federal net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 3,905     $ 5,387     $ 5,898  
Property and equipment
    55             5  
Derivative liabilities
    553       4       2  
Deferred revenue
          218       269  
Research credits
            189       202  
State income taxes
            25       7  
Accrued expenses and other
            23       56  
Asset retirement obligation
            54       55  
                         
      4,513       5,900       6,494  
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
Other
    30              
                         
Net deferred tax asset
    4,483       5,900       6,494  
Less: valuation allowance
    (4,483 )     (5,900 )     (6,494 )
                         
    $     $     $  
                         
 
The net operating loss carryforwards result in deferred tax assets for which a full valuation allowance has been established for financial reporting purposes because realization of a future tax deduction is deemed not more likely than not. Accordingly, no net deferred tax asset has been recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Internal Revenue Code Section 382 places a limitation (the “Section 382 Limitation”) on the amount of taxable income that can be offset by net operating loss (“NOL”) after a change in control (generally, a greater than 50% change in ownership) of a loss corporation. Generally, after a control change, loss corporations cannot deduct NOL carryforwards in excess of the Section 382 Limitation. Due to


F-23


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
these “change in ownership” provisions, utilization of the NOL carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation regarding their utilization against taxable income in future periods.
 
Management believes that the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock on October 15, 2009 has resulted in a Section 382 Limitation and thereby the Federal net operating loss carryovers have been reduced by the estimated effect; however, management believes that the shares of Common Stock to be offered pursuant to an offering of common stock would not result in another change in ownership.
 
As a result of the implementation of the uncertain tax position guidance on January 1, 2009, management of the Company determined that the aggregate exposure had no impact on its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Therefore, the Company did not record an adjustment to its consolidated financial statements related to the adoption of the uncertain tax position guidance on January 1, 2009. The Company does not expect a material change to the consolidated financial statements related to uncertain tax positions in the next 12 months. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense for all periods presented.
 
At December 31, 2011, the Company has net operating losses in Argentina and Canada of approximately $400,000 and $501,000, respectively, and at March 31, 2012 has net operating losses of approximately $400,000 (unaudited) and $296,000 (unaudited), respectively, which will begin to expire in the years 2014 and 2030, respectively. As a result of the decision to cease operations in Argentina, management does not expect to realize any benefit from the net operating losses generated in Argentina.
 
NOTE L — EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
 
The Company sponsors an employee retirement saving plan (the “401(k) Plan”) that is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) Plan is designed to provide eligible employees with an opportunity to make regular voluntary contributions into a long-term investment and saving program. There is no minimum age or service requirement to participate, and the Company may make discretionary matching contributions. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, the Company made no discretionary matching contributions.
 
NOTE M — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Litigation
 
From time to time, the Company may be subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not a party to any material litigation or proceedings and is not aware of any material litigation or proceedings, pending or threatened against it.
 
Operating Leases
 
The Company leases its Houston office and laboratory and manufacturing facility under an operating lease which expires in May 2014, its warehouse space in Bakersfield, California under an operating lease that expired in March 2012 and is currently on a monthly basis, and its warehouse space in Gull Lake, Saskatchewan under an operating lease which is cancellable with 30 days notice. Monthly lease payments under these operating leases are $10,586, $2,500, and $1,000, respectively. The Houston lease may be extended for an additional 36 months.


F-24


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Approximate minimum future rental payments under these noncancellable operating leases as of December 31, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
    Year Ending
 
    December 31  
 
2012
  $ 127  
2013
    127  
2014
    53  
2015
     
         
    $ 307  
         
 
Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 was approximately $136,000, $125,000 and $162,000, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, total rent expense was approximately $38,000 (unaudited) and $46,000 (unaudited), respectively.
 
Discontinuance of Operations in Argentina
 
In the first quarter of 2011, management determined that the continuation of the Technology Agreement with the Technology Partner and Principal and the related Management Agreement and the maintenance of the Argentina workforce were no longer significant to the Company’s business plan. Accordingly, in January 2011 the Company terminated the Technology Agreement and the Management Agreement, and in March 2011, the Company eliminated its workforce in Argentina. There was no additional compensation required to terminate the Technology Agreement and the Management Agreement, and the total compensation to settle the termination of the workforce was approximately $45,000. As part of the decision to discontinue operations in Argentina, the Company did not renew the Mendoza, Argentina lease upon its expiration in April 2011.
 
The net assets and results of operations of this operation were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. These terminations will not have a detrimental effect on the Company’s ability to expand its development of microbial enhanced oil recovery in any geography.
 
Research and Development Agreement
 
The Company executed a research and development agreement with a stockholder whereby it received research and development services through 2011. The total value of services received under this agreement was limited to $1 million, and the Company committed to issue a warrant to acquire common shares on a post converted basis at a variable price based upon two times the original issuance price per share of Preferred Stock sold by the Company in its most recent bona fide financing transaction which closed on or before December 31, 2011, the proceeds of which would be used to liquidate the Company’s obligations under such agreement.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 (unaudited), the Company did not receive any services nor incur any expense pursuant to this agreement. The total liability due under this agreement at December 31, 2010 and 2011 is approximately $170,000 and is included as Accounts Payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
As a result of the expiration of this agreement on December 31, 2011, and the issuance of Series C Preferred Stock on December 30, 2011 (see Note J), the Company issued a warrant to acquire 31,031 shares of common stock in liquidation of its liability. This warrant was exercised in January 2012 and, therefore, there is no liability under this agreement as of March 31, 2012.


F-25


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE N — STOCK BASED COMPENSATION
 
Stock Incentive Plan
 
In November 2010, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors authorized the reservation and issuance of an additional 900,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Glori Oil Limited Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), increasing the total Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan to 5,453,740 as of December 31, 2010. These shares of Common Stock are available for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company. Options were issued at the exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the grant date, as determined by the Board of Directors. Generally, the options vest 25 percent after 1 year, and thereafter ratably by month over the next 36 months, and may be exercised for a period of 10 years subject to vesting. At December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012, the Company had issued 4,215,248 and 4,608,226 (unaudited), respectively, options to purchase shares outstanding under the Plan, of which 2,002,522 and 2,231,652 (unaudited), respectively, were exercisable.
 
The Company has computed the fair value of all options granted during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012, using the following assumptions:
 
                                 
        Three Months
        Ended
    Year Ended December 31,   March 31,
    2009   2010   2011   2012
                (Unaudited)
 
Risk-free interest rate
    1.5 %     1.5 %     0.42 %     0.42 %
Expected volatility
    80 %     80 %     75 %     75 %
Expected dividend yield
                       
Expected life (in years)
    3.21       3.21       3.45       3.45  
Expected forfeiture rate
                       
 
The only significant forfeitures of options to purchase shares occurred in December 2011. Management considers the circumstances generating these forfeitures to be unusual and nonrecurring in nature; accordingly, no allowance for forfeitures of options to purchase shares has been considered in determining future vesting or expense.


F-26


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following tables summarize the activity of the Company’s Plan related to stock options:
 
                         
          Weighted
    Weighted
 
          Average
    Average
 
          Exercise
    Remaining
 
    Number of
    Price
    Contractual
 
    Options     Per Share     Term (years)  
 
Outstanding — January 1, 2009
    631,660     $ 0.40          
Granted
    1,709,604     $ 0.08          
Forfeited or Expired
    (3,000 )   $ 0.61          
                         
Outstanding — January 1, 2010
    2,338,264     $ 0.16          
Granted
    2,219,517     $ 0.08          
Exercised
    (3,420 )   $ 0.22          
Forfeited or Expired
    (580 )   $ 0.22          
                         
Outstanding — December 31, 2010
    4,553,781     $ 0.12          
Granted
    967,003     $ 1.15          
Exercised
    (133,432 )   $ 0.23          
Forfeited or Expired
    (1,172,104 )   $ 0.14          
                         
Outstanding — December 31, 2011
    4,215,248     $ 0.35       8.4  
Granted (unaudited)
    412,978     $ 1.15          
Forfeited or Expired (unaudited)
    (20,000 )   $ 0.22          
                         
Outstanding — March 31, 2012 (unaudited)
    4,608,226     $ 0.42       8.4  
                         
Exercisable as of December 31, 2011
    2,002,522     $ 0.16       7.7  
                         
Exercisable as of March 31, 2012 (unaudited)
    2,231,652     $ 0.16       7.6  
                         
 
The total intrinsic value of options exercised in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 was $0 for each respective period as the exercise price for each option was greater than the prevailing market value of the Company’s stock. The total intrinsic value of options exercised in the year ended December 31, 2011 was $123,000. There were no options exercised in the three months ended March 31, 2011 or 2012 (unaudited). The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2011 was approximately $3,376,000 and $1,909,000, respectively, and the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 2012 was approximately $3,361,000 (unaudited) and $2,124,000 (unaudited), respectively. The total fair value of options vested in fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011 was approximately $71,000, $84,000, and $253,000, respectively, and the total fair value of options vested in the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012 was approximately $25,000 (unaudited) and $53,000 (unaudited), respectively.
 
Stock-based compensation expense included in general and administrative expense was $0, $42,000 and $113,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and was $15,000 (unaudited) and $62,000 (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The Company has future unrecognized compensation expense for nonvested shares at December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 of approximately $564,000 and $787,000 (unaudited), respectively, that will be recognized generally ratably over the next 4 years.
 
Restricted Common Stock:  In 2006 and 2007, the Company granted to two employees approximately 62,000 and 265,000 shares of restricted common stock, respectively, which vest ratably over 5 and 3 years, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, the number of nonvested restricted shares outstanding was approximately 27,000, 0 and 0, respectively. Management has determined that the compensation expense related to this award was nominal and, accordingly, no compensation expense was recorded in the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 and for the three months ended


F-27


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
March 31, 2012 (unaudited). There is no unrecognized cost as of December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 (unaudited).
 
The following table summarizes the activity of the Company’s restricted common stock:
 
         
Unvested at January 1, 2009
    127,878  
Vested
    (100,734 )
         
Unvested at January 1, 2010
    27,144  
Vested
    (27,144 )
         
Unvested at January 1, 2011
     
         
 
NOTE O — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
Management has evaluated subsequent events through July 2, 2012, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and identified the following matter: on June 11, 2012, we entered into a loan agreement that provides for a total lending commitment of $8 million, of which the Company immediately drew $4 million, and may draw the remaining balance through August 2012. Amounts outstanding under the loan agreement bear interest at 10% subject to potential adjustments for increases in the prime rate and are secured by substantially all of our assets, except for intellectual property. As part of the loan agreement, the lender received a warrant to acquire approximately 146,000 shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock. Additionally, the agreement imposes certain restrictions on future indebtedness, dividends, and potential mergers.
 
NOTE P — SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION FOR OIL AND GAS PRODUCING ACTIVITIES (UNAUDITED)
 
Reserve Quantity Information
 
For all years presented, the estimate of proved reserves and related valuations were based on reports prepared by the Company’s independent petroleum engineers. Proved reserve estimates included herein conform to the definitions prescribed by the SEC. The estimates of proved reserves are inherently imprecise and are continually subject to revision based on production history, results of additional exploration and development, price changes and other factors.
 
Proved reserves are estimated quantities of crude oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids, which geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under economic and operating conditions existing as of the end of each respective year. Proved developed reserves are those that are expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods.
 
The Company did not have any proved reserves prior to 2011. Presented below is a summary of the changes in estimated proved reserves of the Company, all of which are located in the United States, for the year ended December 31, 2011:
 
         
    Crude Oil
 
    (MMBls)  
 
QUANTITIES OF PROVED RESERVES:
       
Balance, December 31, 2010
     
Revisions of previous estimates
    163  
Production
    (3 )
         
PROVED DEVELOPED RESERVES, December 31, 2011
    160  
         
PROVED UNDEVELOPED RESERVES, December 31, 2011
     
         


F-28


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Costs Related to Oil and Gas Producing Activities
 
The following table presents the Company’s capitalized costs related to oil and gas producing activities at December 31, 2010 and 2011 (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2011  
 
Unproved properties not being amortized
  $ 385     $  
Productive and nonproductive properties being amortized
          1,735  
                 
Costs being amortized
          1,735  
Less — accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization
          (32 )
                 
Net capitalized costs
  $ 385     $ 1,703  
                 
 
Prior to 2010, the Company did not engage in oil and gas producing activities. The following table presents the costs incurred in property acquisition, exploration and development activities for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 (in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2011  
 
Acquisition of properties
  $ 252     $  
Development
    133       1,350  
                 
Total costs incurred
  $ 385     $ 1,350  
                 
 
Results of Operations from Oil and Gas Producing Activities
 
Prior to 2011, the Company had no production from oil and gas activities. The following table presents the Company’s results of operations from oil and gas producing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):
 
         
Revenues from oil and gas producing activities
  $ 280  
         
Production costs
    405  
State severance taxes
    13  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    32  
         
Total expenses
    450  
         
Pre-tax loss from producing activities
    (170 )
Income tax expense
     
         
Results of oil and gas producing activities
  $ (170 )
         
 
Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows
 
The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves and the changes in standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and natural gas reserves were prepared in accordance with FASB ASC topic Extractive Activities — Oil and Gas. Future cash inflows as of December 31, 2011, were computed by applying average fiscal-year prices (calculated as the unweighted arithmetic average of the first-day-of-the-month price for each month within the 12-month period ended December 31, 2011) to estimated future production. Future production and development costs are computed by estimating the expenditures to be incurred in developing and producing the proved oil and


F-29


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
natural gas reserves at year-end, based on year-end costs and assuming the continuation of existing economic conditions. The Company did not have proved reserves prior to 2011.
 
Future income tax expense is calculated by applying appropriate year-end tax rates to future pretax net cash flows relating to proved oil and natural gas reserves, less the tax basis of the properties involved. Future income tax expense gives effect to permanent differences, tax credits and loss carryforwards relating to the proved oil and natural gas reserves. Future net cash flows are discounted at a rate of 10% annually to derive the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows. This calculation does not necessarily result in an estimate of the fair value of the Company’s oil and gas properties.
 
Presented below is the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows as of December 31, 2011 (in thousands):
 
         
Future cash inflows
  $ 14,284  
Future production and development costs
       
Production
    (8,901 )
Development
    (1,031 )
         
Future cash flows before income taxes
    4,352  
Future income taxes
    (586 )
         
Future net cash flows after income taxes
    3,766  
10% annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows
    (2,746 )
         
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows
  $ 1,020  
         
 
The following reconciles the changes in the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows (in thousands):
 
         
January 1, 2011
  $  
Changes from:
       
Revision to quantity estimates
    2,155  
Sales of crude oil, net of production costs
    125  
Changes in estimated future development costs
    (1,031 )
Net changes in income taxes
    (229 )
         
December 31, 2011
  $ 1,020  
         


F-30


Table of Contents

GLORI ENERGY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE Q —  SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
 
Summary data relating to the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 follows (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31 (2)  
    (As Restated)  
 
Year ended December 31, 2011
                               
Net revenues
  $ 357     $ 338     $ 424     $ 446  
Loss from operations
    (1,014 )     (1,786 )     (1,602 )     (1,670 )
Net loss applicable to common stockholders
    (1,967 )     (2,768 )     (2,741 )     (1,460 )
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)
  $ (0.69 )   $ (0.97 )   $ (0.91 )   $ (48.7 )
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
    2,866       2,866       3,000       3,000  
Year ended December 31, 2010
                               
Net revenues
  $ 37     $     $     $ 94  
Loss from operations
    (901 )     (1,123 )     (1,166 )     (1,509 )
Net loss applicable to common stockholders
    (1,450 )     (1,693 )     (1,758 )     (1,433 )
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)
  $ (0.51 )   $ (0.59 )   $ (0.61 )   $ (0.50 )
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
    2,863       2,865       2,866       2,866  
 
 
(1) Quarterly loss per share is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the quarter. Because of changes in the number of shares outstanding during the quarters, due to the exercise of stock options and issuance of common stock, the sum of quarterly losses per share may not equal loss per share for the year.
 
(2) Quarterly restatement does not apply to the three months ended December 31, 2011.


F-31


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
The following table sets forth the expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which are payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the common stock being registered hereby. All amounts shown are estimates, except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, FINRA filing fee and the initial Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.
 
         
    Amount
 
    to be paid  
 
SEC registration fee
  $ 13,179  
FINRA filing fee
    12,000  
Initial Nasdaq Global Market listing fee
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Printing expenses
    *  
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
    *  
Miscellaneous expenses
    *  
         
         
Total
  $ *  
         
         
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
Item 14.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under some circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.
 
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our post-offering certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:
 
  •  for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;
 
  •  for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regarding unlawful dividends, stock purchases and redemptions; or
 
  •  for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our post-offering bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that:
 
  •  we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions where indemnification is not permitted by applicable law;
 
  •  we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; and
 
  •  the rights conferred in the our post-offering bylaws are not exclusive.


II-1


Table of Contents

 
In addition, we have entered or expect to enter into indemnity agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements provide for the indemnification of our executive officers and directors for all expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were our agents. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving one of our directors, executive officers or employees regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.
 
We maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance to cover our directors and executive officers for specific liabilities, including coverage for public securities matters.
 
The indemnification provisions in our post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering bylaws and the indemnity agreements entered into between us and each of our directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
 
Reference is also made to section           of the underwriting agreement in Exhibit 1.1 hereto, which provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of us and our executive officers, directors and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in connection with matters specifically provided for in writing by the underwriters for inclusion in this Registration Statement.
 
See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 of this Registration Statement.
 
Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:
 
         
Exhibit Document   Number
 
Form of Underwriting Agreement
    1.1  
Form of Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the closing of the offering
    3.2  
Form of Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of the offering
    3.4  
Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into among us and our directors and executive officers
    10.6  
 
Item 15.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:
 
  •  On August 5, 2008, we issued a warrant to one purchaser to purchase an aggregate of up to 1,022 shares of our series A preferred stock.
 
  •  On October 15, 2009, we issued and sold 1,578,976 shares of series B preferred stock to seven purchasers at a price of $5.5216 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $8.7 million, including cancellation of certain indebtedness.
 
  •  On October 7, 2010, we issued and sold 1,050,416 shares of series B preferred stock to seven purchasers at a price of $5.5216 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $5.8 million.
 
  •  On May 31, 2011, we issued and sold 271,660 shares of series B preferred stock to one purchaser at a price of $5.5216 per share, for consideration of approximately $1.5 million. In conjunction with this financing, on May 31, 2011, we issued and sold the ETV Note to ETV, which is a convertible promissory note in the principal sum of $1.5 million maturing in November 2012, subject to extension, bearing interest at a fixed rate of 8%.
 
  •  On December 30, 2011 and January 19, 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 7,296,607 shares of series C preferred stock to accredited investors, all but three of which were existing stockholders at the time of sale, for aggregate consideration of approximately $20 million. At the closing of the December 30, 2011 sale of our series C preferred stock and in payment of the ETV Note, the ETV Note was converted into 572,793 shares of series C preferred stock in accordance with the terms of the


II-2


Table of Contents

  ETV Note by taking the principal outstanding under the ETV Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest through December 20, 2011, and dividing this amount by the series C purchase price per share.
 
  •  On December 31, 2011, we issued a warrant to TERI to purchase an aggregate of up to 31,031 shares of our common stock in consideration of services performed by TERI. This warrant was exercised on January 30, 2012.
 
  •  On February 21, 2012, Korn Ferry International exercised its warrant to acquire 26,040 shares of our common stock.
 
  •  On June 11, 2012, we issued a warrant to a lender to purchase 145,932 shares of our common stock in connection with a loan and security agreement that we entered into with that lender.
 
The sales and issuances of securities above were determined to be exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The purchasers in such transactions were all accredited investors and represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for resale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and other instruments issued in such transactions. The sales of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising, and there were no underwriters used in connection with the sale of these securities. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.
 
From time to time we have granted common stock, restricted common stock, options and common stock upon the exercise of options to employees, directors and consultants in compliance with Rule 701. These grants are as follows:
 
  •  On January 21, 2008, we issued options to purchase 3,000 shares of common stock to an employee under our 2006 Plan with an exercise price of $0.6105 per share;
 
  •  On February 7, 2008, we issued options to purchase 65,000 shares of common stock to an employee under our 2006 Plan with an exercise price of $0.6105 per share;
 
  •  On May 19, 2008, we issued options to purchase 3,000 shares of common stock to an employee under our 2006 Plan with an exercise price of $0.6105 per share;
 
  •  On October 15, 2009, we issued options to purchase 1,709,604 shares of common stock to employees and a consultant under our 2006 Plan with an exercise price of $0.078 per share;
 
  •  On January 1, 2010, we issued options to purchase 45,537 shares of common stock to an employee under our 2006 Plan with an exercise price of $0.078 per share;
 
  •  On January 4, 2010, we issued options to purchase 36,056 shares of common stock to two employees under our 2006 Plan with an exercise price of $0.078 per share;
 
  •  On February 3, 2010, we issued options to purchase 22,796 shares of common stock to an employee under our 2006 Plan with an exercise price of $0.078 per share;
 
  •  On April 1, 2010, we issued options to purchase 383,105 shares of common stock to an employee and a consultant under our 2006 Plan with an exercise price of $0.078 per share;
 
  •  On September 1, 2010, we issued options to purchase 22,711 shares of common stock to a consultant under our 2006 Plan with an exercise price of $0.078 per share;
 
  •  On September 22, 2010, we issued options to purchase 450,712 shares of common stock to an employee under our 2006 Plan with an exercise price of $0.078 per share; 
 
  •  On October 15, 2010, we issued options to purchase 1,258,600 shares of common stock to employees under our 2006 Plan with an exercise price of $0.078 per share;
 
  •  On December 26, 2011, we issued options to purchase 967,003 shares of common stock to employees and two of our directors under our 2006 Plan with an exercise price of $1.15 per share;


II-3


Table of Contents

 
  •  On January 3, 2012, we issued options to purchase 101,478 shares of common stock to a contractor, an employee and a director under the 2006 Plan with an exercise price of $1.15; and
 
  •  On February 10, 2012, we issued options to purchase 311,500 shares of common stock to employees under the 2006 Plan with an exercise price of $1.15.
 
Since January 1, 2008 through March 31, 2012, options have been exercised to acquire 158,932 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.23 per share.
 
The sales and issuances of securities listed above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensation benefits plans and contracts relating to compensation. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.
 
Item 16.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(A)   Exhibits
 
         
    Index to Exhibits
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  1 .2*   Form of Lock-up Agreement (filed as an attachment to Exhibit 1.1)
  3 .1(b)   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated as of December 30, 2011, as currently in effect
  3 .2   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of the offering
  3 .3(b)   Bylaws, as currently in effect
  3 .4(b)   Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of the offering
  3 .5(b)   Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated as of January 19, 2012
  3 .6   Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated as of June 11, 2012.
  4 .1*   Specimen certificate evidencing common stock
  4 .2(b)   Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2012, among the Registrant and the holders of our capital party thereto
  4 .3(b)   First Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2012, among the Registrant and the holders of our capital party thereto
  4 .4(a)   Warrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank dated August 5, 2008
  4 .5(a)   Warrant issued to GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P. dated November 30, 2006
  4 .6(a)   Warrant issued to Korn Ferry International dated March 1, 2007
  4 .7(b)   Warrant issued to The Energy and Resources Institute dated December 30, 2011.
  4 .8(b)   Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2011, among the Registrant and the purchasers party thereto
  4 .9(b)   First Amendment to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2012, among the Registrant and the purchasers party thereto
  4 .10   Warrant Agreement between the Registrant and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. dated as of June 11, 2012.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
  10 .1+(a)   Glori Oil Limited Amended and Restated 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10 .2+*   Glori Energy, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan
  10 .3+(a)   Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan
  10 .4+*   Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2012 Plan
  10 .5+*   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2012 Plan
  10 .6(b)   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each director and executive officer


II-4


Table of Contents

         
    Index to Exhibits
 
  10 .7+(a)   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Stuart M. Page, dated March 1, 2007
  10 .8+(a)   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Harry Friske, dated August 12, 2011
  10 .9+(a)   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and John A. Babcock, dated December 5, 2005
  10 .10+(a)   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and William M. Bierhaus II, dated March 5, 2010
  10 .11+(a)   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Thomas Ishoey, dated August 10, 2010
  10 .12+(a)   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Victor M. Perez, dated as of July 26, 2011
  10 .13+*   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2012 Plan
  10 .14+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Kenneth E. Nimitz, dated January 6, 2012.
  10 .15+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Robert J. Button, dated March 16, 2012.
  10 .16   Loan and Security Agreement among the Registrant, Glori California Inc., Glori Holdings Inc., Glori Oil (Argentina) Limited and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. dated as of June 11, 2012.
  16 .1(a)   Letter from UHY LLP regarding change in certifying accountant
  21 .1(a)   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
  23 .2*   Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  23 .3   Consent of Independent Petroleum Engineers, Collarini Associates
  24 .1(a)   Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement)
  99 .1(a)   Consent of Nehring Associates, Inc. dated September 28, 2011
  99 .2   Report of Independent Petroleum Engineers, Collarini Associates
 
 
* To be filed by Amendment.
 
(a) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed on October 5, 2011.
 
(b) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed on January 20, 2012.
 
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
 
(B)   Financial Statement Schedule
 
All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or related notes.
 
Item 17.   Undertakings
 
The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws, the underwriting agreement or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers, or controlling persons in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-5


Table of Contents

We hereby undertake that:
 
  •  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
 
  •  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Houston, Texas, on July 2, 2012.
 
Glori Energy Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/  STUART M. PAGE

Stuart M. Page
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature   Title   Date
 
         
/s/  STUART M. PAGE

Stuart M. Page
  Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director
  July 2, 2012
         
/s/  VICTOR M. PEREZ

Victor M. Perez
 
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  July 2, 2012
         
/s/  HARRY FRISKE

Harry Friske
  Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  July 2, 2012
         
/s/  JONATHAN SCHULHOF

Jonathan Schulhof
 
Director
  July 2, 2012
         
/s/  MATTHEW GIBBS

Matthew Gibbs
  Director   July 2, 2012
         
/s/  JOHN CLARKE

John Clarke
  Chairman of the Board   July 2, 2012
         
*

Ganesh Kishore
  Director   July 2, 2012
         
*

Jasbir Singh
  Director   July 2, 2012
         
/s/  MICHAEL SCHULHOF

Michael Schulhof
  Director   July 2, 2012
         
/s/  MARK PUCKETT

Mark Puckett
  Director   July 2, 2012
         
* By: 
/s/  STUART M. PAGE

As Attorney-in-Fact
       


II-7


Table of Contents

 
Index to Exhibits
 
         
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  1 .2*   Form of Lock-up Agreement (filed as an attachment to Exhibit 1.1)
  3 .1(b)   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated as of December 30, 2011, as currently in effect
  3 .2   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of the offering
  3 .3(b)   Bylaws, as currently in effect
  3 .4(b)   Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of the offering
  3 .5(b)   Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated as of January 19, 2012
  3 .6   Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated as of June 11, 2012.
  4 .1*   Specimen certificate evidencing common stock
  4 .2(b)   Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2012, among the Registrant and the holders of our capital party thereto
  4 .3(b)   First Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2012, among the Registrant and the holders of our capital party thereto
  4 .4(a)   Warrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank dated August 5, 2008
  4 .5(a)   Warrant issued to GTI Glori Oil Fund I L.P. dated November 30, 2006
  4 .6(a)   Warrant issued to Korn Ferry International dated March 1, 2007
  4 .7(b)   Warrant issued to The Energy and Resources Institute dated December 30, 2011.
  4 .8(b)   Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2011, among the Registrant and the purchasers party thereto
  4 .9(b)   First Amendment to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2012, among the Registrant and the purchasers party thereto
  4 .10   Warrant Agreement between the Registrant and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. dated as of June 11, 2012.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
  10 .1+(a)   Glori Oil Limited Amended and Restated 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10 .2+*   Glori Energy, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan
  10 .3+(a)   Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan
  10 .4+*   Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2012 Plan
  10 .5+*   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2012 Plan
  10 .6(b)   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each director and executive officer
  10 .7+(a)   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Stuart M. Page, dated March 1, 2007
  10 .8+(a)   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Harry Friske, dated August 12, 2011
  10 .9+(a)   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and John A. Babcock, dated December 5, 2005
  10 .10+(a)   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and William M. Bierhaus II, dated March 5, 2010
  10 .11+(a)   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Thomas Ishoey, dated August 10, 2010
  10 .12+(a)   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Victor M. Perez, dated as of July 26, 2011
  10 .13+*   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2012 Plan
  10 .14+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Kenneth E. Nimitz, dated January 6, 2012.
  10 .15+   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Robert J. Button, dated March 16, 2012.
  10 .16   Loan and Security Agreement among the Registrant, Glori California Inc., Glori Holdings Inc., Glori Oil (Argentina) Limited and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. dated as of June 11, 2012.
  16 .1(a)   Letter from UHY LLP regarding change in certifying accountant
  21 .1(a)   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
  23 .2*   Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  23 .3   Consent of Independent Petroleum Engineers, Collarini Associates
  24 .1(a)   Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement)
  99 .1(a)   Consent of Nehring Associates, Inc. dated September 28, 2011
  99 .2   Report of Independent Petroleum Engineers, Collarini Associates


Table of Contents

 
* To be filed by Amendment.
 
(a) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed on October 5, 2011.
 
(b) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed on January 20, 2012.
 
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.